manual 2009 elantra

F1

OWNER'S MANUAL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so thatour policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, youmay find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehi-cle.

Please consult your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet for your vehicle's spe-cific warranty coverage.

The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 7. As the owner, it is yourresponsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer are carried out atthe appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used in severe driving conditions, more frequent main-tenance is required for some operations. Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditionsare also included in Section 7.

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

HD HMA cover.qxd 6/26/2006 11:54 PM

F2

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limitedwarranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-lished by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who driveHyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're veryproud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2008 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-4 in theVehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the backcover of the Owner's Manual.

F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles.They are designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability to our customers.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or any otherHyundai warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported tothe United States are packaged withlabels written only in English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized HyundaiDealerships.

To find the closest authorizeddealer call 1-800-826-CARS

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Specifications

IIndex

table of contents

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-3Vehicle break-in process / 1-5Vehicle data collection and event data

recorders / 1-6Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-7

Introduction

Introduction

21

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, youlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has nine sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various WARNING’s,CAUTION’s, and NOTICE’s in this manu-al. These were prepared to enhance yourpersonal safety.You should carefully readand follow ALL procedures and recom-mendations provided in theseWARNING’s, CAUTION’s and NOTICE’s.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

1 3

Introduction

Gasoline engineUnleadedYour new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 or highter.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or driveability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.Hyundai recommends that customers donot use fuel with an ethanol contentexceeding 10 percent.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNever add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized Hyundai dealer fordetails.)

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

Introduction

41

Use of MTBEWe recommend that fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) should not be used in your vehi-cle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

Gasolines for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air, we rec-ommend that you use gasolines treatedwith detergent additives, which help pre-vent deposit formation in the engine.These gasolines will help the engine runcleaner and enhance performance of theEmission Control System.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and performance problemsthat are caused by the use ofmethanol or fuels containingmethanol.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

1 5

Introduction

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESSNo special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200miles (2,000 km) of operation.

PROPOSITION 65 WARN-ING

Items contained in motor vehiclesor emitted from them are known tothe State of California to cause can-cer and birth defects or reproduc-tive harm. These include:• Gasoline and its vapors• Engine exhaust• Used engine oil• Interior passenger compartment

components and materials• Component parts which are sub-

ject to heat and wearIn addition, battery posts, terminalsand related accessories containlead, lead compounds and otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer andreproductive harm.

Introduction

61

This vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder (EDR). The main pur-pose of an EDR is to record, in certaincrash or near crash-like situations,such as an air bag deployment or hit-ting a road obstacle, data that willassist in understanding how a vehi-cle's systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi-cle is designed to record such dataas:• How various systems in your vehi-

cle were operating;• Whether or not the driver and pas-

senger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur.NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ-ation occurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal driving condi-tions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash loca-tion) are recorded.

However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine the EDRdata with the type of personally identi-fying data routinely acquired during acrash investigation.To read data recorded by an EDR, spe-cial equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information ifthey have access to the vehicle or theEDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

1 7

Introduction

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Door ajar warning light

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Turn signal indicator lights

Front fog light indicator (If equipped)

ABS warning light (If equipped)

Parking brake & Brake fluid warning

Engine oil pressure warning

Charging system warning

ESC indicator (If equipped)

ESC OFF indicator (If equipped)

Malfunction indicator lamp (If equipped)

Air bag warning light (If equipped)

Cruise indicator (If equipped)

Cruise SET indicator (If equipped)

Low fuel level warning

Low washer fluid level warning indicator

Electronic power steering (EPS) system warning light

Trunk lid open warning light

* For more detailed explanations, refer to section 4, “Instrument cluster”.

ESC

ESCOFF

2Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button ............................4-8

2. Outside rearview mirror control switch*.....4-36

3. Central door lock switch* ..........................4-9

4. Power window lock switch*.....................4-17

5. Power window switches* ........................4-14

6. Trunk lid release button ..........................4-12

7. Fuse box ..................................................7-46

8. ESC OFF button*....................................5-21

9. Instrument panel illumination..................4-38

10. Steering wheel tilt .................................4-28

11. Hood release lever ...............................4-18

12. Brake pedal ..........................................5-16

13. Accelerator pedal....................................5-6

14. Parking brake lever ...............................5-18

* : if equipped

OHD006001L

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Driver’s air bag................................3-392. Light control / Turn signals ..............4-513. Instrument cluster ...........................4-374. Wiper/Washer..................................4-545. Auto cruise controls* .......................5-266. Ignition switch ...................................5-47. Steering wheel ................................4-278. Digital clock ........................................4-859. Audio controls* .......................4-88, 4-9210. Climate control system* ................4-6011. Hazard warning flasher switch......4-5012. Seat warmer* ..................................3-713. Shift lever ........................................5-714. Cigar lighter...................................4-8215. Power outlet ..................................4-8416. Ashtray ..........................................4-8217. Passenger’s air bag ......................3-4018. Storage compartment ...................4-8019. Vent controls .................................4-6320. Glove box ......................................4-80* : if equipped

OHD007002N

3

Seat / 3-2Seat belts / 3-12Child restraint system / 3-22Airbag-advanced supplemental restraint

system / 3-30

Safety features of your vehicle


23

Front seat(1) Forward and backward (driver seat)(2) Seatback angle (driver seat)(3) Seat cushion height (driver seat)*(4) Seat warmer (driver seat)*(5) Headrest (driver seat)(6) Forward and backward (passenger

seat)(7) Seatback angle (passenger seat)(8) Headrest (passenger seat)(9) Seat warmer (passenger seat)*

Rear seats(10) Center armrest*(11) Headrest(12) Seatback folding lever

* if equipped

SEAT

OHD036001

3 3


Front seat adjustmentForward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever

under the front edge of the seat cush-ion up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseat is locked in place.

WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that your chest is at least10 inches (250 mm) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

OHD036002

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or reverse withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.


43

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the

seatback recline lever located on theoutside of the seat at the rear.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat andadjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever located on the outside ofthe seat cushion up or down.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever

up several times.

OHD036003

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for front seat pas-senger

Riding in a vehicle with a front seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If afront seat is reclined during anaccident, the occupant’s hips mayslide under the lap portion of theseat belt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the frontpassenger to keep the seatback inan upright position whenever thevehicle is in motion.

OHD036004

3 5


HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps to protect the head and neckin the event of a collision.

Active headrest (if equipped)The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s head from movingbackward and thus helps prevent neckinjuries.

OMG038400

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest posi-tion of the driver's seat while thevehicle is in motion.

HNF2041-1


63

Forward and backward adjustment (if equipped)The headrest may be adjusted forward tothree different positions by pulling theheadrest forward. To adjust the headrestbackward, pull it fully forward to the far-thest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

OHD036005 OHD039007OHD036006

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

3 7


Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

OHD036008

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. In particular, thedriver must exercise extreme carefor the following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or hand-

icapped persons, or hospital out-patients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats while the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.


83

Rear seat adjustmentHeadrestThe rear seat is equipped with headrestsin the outboard seating positions (exceptcenter seating position) for the occu-pant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps to protectthe head and neck in the event of a colli-sion.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

WARNINGFor proper operation of the occu-pant classification system:• Do not place any items cumula-

tively weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg)in the seatback pocket or on theseat.

• Do not hang onto the front pas-senger seat.

OMG038401 OHD036011

3 9


RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Armrest (if equipped)To use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible.The useof a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is notrecommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

OHD039012

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

OHD036010


103

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks may be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback:1. Set the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowestposition.

3. Pull out the seatback locking knob inthe trunk, then fold the seat toward thefront of the vehicle.

CAUTION• Make sure the engine is off, the

automatic transaxle is in P or themanual transaxle is in neutral andthe parking brake is appliedwhenever loading or unloadingcargo. Vehicle may move if shiftlever is inadvertently moved toanother position.

• Be careful when loading cargointo the rear passenger seats toprevent damage to the vehicleinterior.

• When cargo is loaded into therear passenger seats, ensure thecargo is properly secured to pre-vent it from moving while driving.Unsecured cargo in the passen-ger compartment can cause dam-age to the vehicle or injury to it’soccupants.

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects than could other-wise be accommodated.Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the car is moving as this isnot a proper seating position andno seat belts are available for use.This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seats. This could allow cargoto slide forward and cause injury ordamage during sudden stops.

OHD036025

3 11


4. For center shoulder belt, insert the beltwebbing in the right side rear shoulderbelt guide to prevent the belt frombeing trapped under the seat.

5. When you return the seatback to itsupright position, always be sure it haslocked into position by pushing on thetop of the seatback.

OHD036123L

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seaback. Otherwise, in anaccident or sudden stop, the seatcould fold down and allow cargo toenter the passenger compartment,which could result in serious injuryor death.

OHD036124L

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear center shoulderbelt to its proper position.


123

Seat belt restraint systemWARNING - Cargo

Cargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Special care should be taken ofobjects placed in the rear seats,since those may hit the front seatoccupants in a frontal collision.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P or themanual transaxle is in neutral andthe parking brake is applied when-ever loading or unloading cargo.Failure to take these steps mayallow the vehicle to move if shiftlever is inadvertently moved toanother position.

SEAT BELTS

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he/shemust be properly belted and theseat should be moved as far backas possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

3 13


Seat belt warningSeat belt warning lightIf the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition key is turned ON, theseat belt warning light blinks for approxi-mately 6 seconds. And if the vehiclespeed exceeds 10km/h with the seat beltunfastened, the seat belt warning lightblinks with the pattern of 6 seconds onand 24 seconds off for 11 times.The seatbelt warning light will stop if the seat beltis fastened or the vehicle speed isreduced to below 5km/h.

Seat belt warning chimeIf the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition key is turned ON, theseat belt warning chime sounds forapproximately 6 seconds. And if the vehi-cle speed exceeds 10km/h with the seatbelt unfastened, the seat belt warningchime sounds with the pattern of 6 sec-onds on and 24 seconds off for 11times.The seat belt warning chime willstop if the seat belt is fastened or thevehicle speed is reduced to below 5km/h.

1GQA2083

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.


143

Seat belt - Driver’s 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of 4 positions for max-imum comfort and safety.If the height of the adjusting seat belt istoo near your neck, you will not be gettingthe most effective protection. The shoul-der portion should be adjusted so that itlies across your chest and midway overyour shoulder nearest the door and notyour neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

OHD036019B180A01NF

1

2

3 15


To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, we strongly rec-ommend that children always be seatedin the rear seat. NEVER place any infantrestraint system in the front seat of thevehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

B200A01NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.


163

When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fullyretract.

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

Pre-tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts can be activated, where the frontalcollision is severe enough, together withthe air bags.

B210A01NF1

OMG035300

3 17


When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

1LDE3100

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seatbelt must be working

correctly and adjusted to theproper position. Please read andfollow all of the important infor-mation and precautions aboutyour vehicle’s occupant safetyfeatures – including seat beltsand air bags – that are providedin this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts andwear them properly.


183

✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts will beactivated in certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioner seat belts can beactivated where the frontal collision issevere enough, together with the airbags.The pre-tensioners will not be activat-ed if the seat belts are not being wornat the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

CAUTION• Because the sensor that activates

the SRS air bag is connected withthe pre-tensioner seat belt, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illumi-nate for approximately 6 secondsafter the ignition key has beenturned to the "ON" position, andthen it should turn off.

• If the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warninglight will illuminate even if there isno malfunction of the SRS air bag.If the SRS air bag warning lightdoes not illuminate when the igni-tion key is turned to "ON", or if itremains illuminated after illumi-nating for approximately 6 sec-onds, or if it illuminates while thevehicle is being driven, pleasehave an authorized Hyundai deal-er inspect the pre-tensioner seatbelt or SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

AIRBAG

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized Hyundai dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

(Continued)

3 19


Seat belt precautions Infant or small childAll 50 states have child restraint laws.Youshould be aware of the specific require-ments in your state. Child and/or infantseats must be properly placed andinstalled in the rear seat. For more infor-mation about the use of these restraints,refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured by a deploying air bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seating contained in this man-ual.

(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded, con-tact an authorised Hyundai deal-er.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.


203

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Before buying anychild restraint system, make sure that ithas a label certifying that it meetsFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213. The restraint must be appropriatefor your child's height and weight.Check the label on the child restraint forthis information. Refer to “Childrestraint system” in this section.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the mostsafety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat. If a larger child(over age 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoulderbelt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children under theage of 12 should be restrained securelyin the rear seat. NEVER place a childunder the age of 12 in the front seat.NEVER place a rear facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

3 21


Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women to lessen the chanceof injury in an accident. When a seat beltis used, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front seats should be in anupright position when the car is moving.A seat belt cannot provide proper protec-tion if the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seat is in a reclinedposition.

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant'sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback was folded down, be care-ful not to damage the seat belt web-bing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle will not be as strong andcould possibly fail during a colli-sion or sudden stop, resulting inserious injury.


223

Periodic inspectionIt is recommended that all seat belts beinspected periodically for wear or dam-age of any kind. Parts of the system thatare damaged should be replaced assoon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized Hyundai dealer.

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS).Child restraint systems are designed to besecured in vehicle seats by lap belts or thelap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, orby a tether anchor and/or LATCH anchors(if equipped).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the trunkor fasten it with a seat belt so thatit will not be thrown forward inthe case of a sudden stop or anaccident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

3 23


(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inrear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floorboard ofa moving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicles interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.

• Always store or secure a childseat, even when it is not in use.During a collision or suddenstop, the child seat could bethrown inside the vehicle.

WARNINGTo reduce the chance or serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the instructions forinstallation and use of the childrestraint maker.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)


243

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions. It is furtherrequired that the seat be placed in thevehicle's rear seat.Your vehicle is provid-ed with child restraint hook holders forinstalling the child seat or infant seat.

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe auto lock mode The use of the auto lock mode willensure that the normal movement of thechild in the vehicle does not cause theseat belt to be pulled out and loosen thefirmness of its hold on the child restraintsystem. To secure a child restraint sys-tem, use the following procedure.

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

CRS09

HNF1008

Rearward-facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint system

E2MS103005 E2BLD310

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

3 25


3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the “AutoLock” (child restraint) mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode by attempting topull more of the seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot, the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

MMSA3028 MMSA3029 MMSA3030


263

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switchfrom the “Auto Lock” mode to theemergency lock mode for normaladult usage.

Securing a child restraint seat with“Tether Anchor” system Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the shelf behind the rear seats.

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrest,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the seat.

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly. A childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe child restraint is not properlyanchored to the car, including set-ting the retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.

2GHA33001JBA3052

3 27


WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

WARNING - Tether strap• A child can be seriously injured

or killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properlyanchored. Always follow the childseat manufacturer’s instructionsfor installation and use.

• Never mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point.Theincreased load caused by multi-ple seats may cause the tethersor anchorage points to break,causing serious injury or death.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNINGWhen using the vehicle's "TetherAnchor" system to install a childrestraint system in the rear seat, allunused vehicle rear seat belt metallatch plates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.


283

Child seat lower anchorsSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.

B230D01NF OHD038900

Lower Anchor

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator WARNING

When using the vehicle's "LATCH"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seat fullyrearward against the seatback withthe seatback reclined two positionsfrom the most upright latched posi-tion.

3 29


LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place.

WARNINGIf the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are only tobe used with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Neverattempt to attach a LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. You may damage theanchors or the anchors may failand break in a collision.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe child-seat latch and LATCHanchor during the installation.


303

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Driver’s air bag Front passenger’sair bag

* : if equipped

Curtain Air bag*

SRS control module

OHD036026/OHD036023/OHD036024/OUN026109/OUN026110/OHD036125/OHD036030/OHD036029/OVQ036096N/OVQ036095N/OHD036028

Occupant classi-fication system

Driver seat positionsensor

Side impact sensor* Front impact sensor

Side impact air bag*

12

3

3

44

5

5

66

9

7

8

3 31


SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Front Impact Sensors2. “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”

Indicator (Front passenger’s seat only)3. SRS "AIR BAG" warning light4. Passenger's Air bag Module5. Driver's Air Bag Module6. SRS Control Module (SRSCM)7. Occupant Classification System

(Front passenger's seat only)8. Driver's Seat Track Position Sensor9. Driver's and Front Passenger's Seat

Belt Buckle Sensors10. Side Impact Sensors*11. Retractor Pre-tensioner Assemblies12. Side Air Bag Modules*13. Curtain Air bag Modules** : If equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.

The SRS AIR BAG warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theAIR BAG warning light should go out.If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunetion of the SRS.Have an authorized Hyundai dealerinspect the air bag system as soon aspossible.• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

The air bag modules are located both inthe center of the steering wheel and inthe front passenger's panel above theglove box. When the SRSCM detects asufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)


323

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

3 33


Occupant classification systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant classification system in the frontpassenger's seat.The occupant classification system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant classifica-tion system.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The SRS can function only when

the ignition key is in the "ON"position. If the SRS "AIR BAG"warning light does not illuminate,or continuously remains on afterilluminating for about 6 secondswhen the ignition key is turned tothe ON position, or after theengine is started, comes on whiledriving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byan authorized Hyundai dealer.

• Before you replace a fuse or dis-connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition key to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition key is in the ON position.Failure to heed this warning willcause the SRS AIR BAG warninglight to illuminate.

OHD036012N


343

Main components of occupantclassification system• A detection device located under the

front passenger seat frame.• Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bag sys-tems (both front and side) should beactivated or deactivated.

• A warning light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicating the front passenger air bagsystem is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant classification system.

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines tobe of adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator will be turned off and the frontpassenger's air bag will be able to inflate,if necessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator on the center facia panel.This system detects the conditions 1~4in the following table and activates ordeactivates the front passenger air bagbased on these conditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person's legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.• The OCS may not function properly if

the passenger takes actions which candefect the detection system. Theseinclude:(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locationswhich reduce the passenger weighton the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.

3 35


Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

Conditiondetected by theoccupant classi-fication system

1. Adult *1

2. Child*2 or

child restraint

system*3

3. Unoccupied

4. There is a

malfunction

in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

"PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF"indicator light

SRS warninglight

Front passen-ger air bag

Activated

Activated

Deactivated

Activated

Side air bag

Activated

Activated

Activated

Activated

Curtain air bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices

*1) The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits inthe front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child dependingon his/her physique and posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child whohas outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the systemmay recognize him/her as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.

*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

WARNINGRiding in an improper position orplacing weight on the front passen-ger's seat when it is unoccupied bya passenger adversely affects theoccupant classification system(OCS).

(Continued)


363

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the center console.- Never sit on one side of the front

passenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat or seatbackpocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the front pas-senger seatback.

(Continued)

3 37


When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator is on, turn the igni-tion key to "LOCK" and ask the passen-ger to sit properly (sitting upright with theseat back in an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extended and theirfeet on the floor). Restart the engine andhave the person remain in that position.This will allow the system to detect theperson and to enable the passenger airbag.

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition key is turned tothe "ON" position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant classificationsensor will then classify the front pas-senger after several more seconds.

B990A01O

Proper position

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indi-cator is illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event of acrash. If the "PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF" indicator remains illumi-nated after the passenger reposi-tions themselves properly and thecar is restarted, we recommendthat passenger move to the rearseat because the passenger's frontair bag will not deploy.Front seat passengers must stayproperly seated to avoid seriousinjury from a deploying air bag.

WARNINGDo not put a heavy load in the frontpassenger seatback pocket or onthe front passenger seat. Do nothang onto the front passenger seat.Do not hang any items such asseatback table on the front passen-ger seatback. Do not place feet onthe front passenger seatback. Donot place any items under the frontpassenger seat. Any of these couldinterfere with proper sensor opera-tion.


383

WARNINGIf the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illuminatebecause the passenger's front airbag is connected with the occupantclassification system. If there is amalfunction of the occupant classi-fication system, the "PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF" indicator will notilluminate and the passenger'sfront air bag will inflate in frontalimpact crashes even if there is nooccupant in the front passenger'sseat. If the SRS air bag warninglight does not illuminate when theignition key is turned to the "ON"position, remains illuminated afterapproximately 6 seconds when theignition key is turned to the "ON"position, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, have anauthorized Hyundai dealer inspectthe occupant classification systemand the SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)• Do not modify or replace the front

passenger seat. Don't place any-thing on or attach anything suchas a blanket or after market seatheater to the front passengerseat.This can adversely affect theoccupant classification system.

• Do not sit on sharp objects suchas tools when occupying thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not use accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats.

(Continued)

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, never install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat. A deploying airbag can forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injuries ordeath. Any child age 12 andunder should ride in the rear seat.Children too large for childrestraints should use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. No mat-ter what type of crash, children ofall ages are safer when restrainedin the rear seat.

• If the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by an adult andhe/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor), havethat person sit in the rear seat.

(Continued)

3 39


Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag) Systemand lap/shoulder belts at both the driverand passenger seating positions. Theindications of the system's presence arethe letters "SRS AIR BAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover in the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.

OHD036023

Driver’s front air bag(Continued)• Accident statistics show that

children are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, as opposedto the front seat. It is recom-mended that child restraints besecured in a rear seat, includingan infant riding in a rear-facinginfant seat, a child riding in a for-ward-facing child seat and anolder child riding in a boosterseat.

• Air bags can only be used once –have an authorized Hyundai deal-er replace the air bag immediate-ly after deployment.

• A smaller-stature adult who is notseated correctly (for example:seat excessively reclined, leaningon the center console, or hipsshifted forward in the seat) cancause a condition where theadvanced frontal air bag systemsenses less weight than if theoccupant were seated properly(sitting upright with the seatbackin an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on thefloor).

(Continued)

(Continued)This condition can result in anadult potentially being misclassi-fied and illumination of the "PAS-SENGER AIR BAG OFF" indica-tor.


403

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-er information about the driver's seatposition, the driver's and front passen-ger's seat belt usage and impact severi-ty.

The driver's seat track position sensors,which are installed on the seat track,determine if the seat is fore or aft of a ref-erence position. The seat belt bucklesensors determine if the driver and frontpassenger's seat belts are fastened.These sensors provide the ability to con-trol the SRS deployment based on howclose the driver's seat is to the steeringwheel, whether or not the seat belts arefastened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A second stagelevel is provided for more severe impacts.

According to the impact severity, seatingposition and seat belt usage, theSRSCM(SRS Control Module) controlsthe air bag inflation. Failure to properlywear seat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant classification system inthe front passenger's seat. The occupantclassification system detects the pres-ence of a passenger in the front passen-ger's seat and will turn off the front pas-senger's air bag under certain condi-tions. For more detail, see "OccupantClassification System" in this section.

OHD036024

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNINGIf a seat track position sensor or anoccupant classification system isnot working properly, the SRS airbag warning light on the instru-ment panel will illuminate becausethe SRS air bag warning light isconnected with the seat track posi-tion sensor and the occupant clas-sification system. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminatewhen the ignition key is turned tothe "ON" position, remains illumi-nated after approximately 6 sec-onds when the ignition key isturned to the "ON" position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedHyundai dealer inspect theadvanced SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

AIRBAG

3 41


✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the sunvisor and in the glove box.

• Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-vide enhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in collisions inwhich sufficient protection can beprovided by the pre-tensioner seatbelt.

• If you are considering modification ofyour vehicle due to a disability, pleasecontact the Hyundai CustomerAssistance Center at 1-800-633-5151.

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate withconsiderable force and in the blinkof an eye. Seat belts help keepoccupants in proper position toobtain maximum benefit from theair bag. Even with advanced airbags, improperly and unbeltedoccupants can be severely injuredwhen the air bag inflates. Alwaysfollow the precautions about seatbelts, air bags and occupant safetycontained in this manual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

(Continued)

WARNING• Modification to the seat structure

can adversely affect the seattrack position sensor and causethe air bag to deploy at a differentlevel than should be provided.

• Do not place any objects under-neath the front seats as theycould damage the seat trackposition sensor or interfere withthe occupant classification sys-tem.

• Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near thefront seat. These may cause amalfunction of the seat trackposition sensor.


423

(Continued)• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned drivers and passen-gers can be severely injured byinflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger to ridein the front seat when the “PAS-SENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicatoris illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event ofa moderate or severe frontalcrash.

(Continued)

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Never place covers, blankets oraftermarket seat warmers on thepassenger seat as these mayinterfere with the occupant clas-sification system.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized Hyundai dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized Hyundai deal-er replace the air bag immediate-ly after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)

3 43


(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never beplaced in the front seat.The infantor child could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploymentin case of an accident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

1VQA2087

1JBA3514

1JBA3522

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover


443

Side air bag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a side airbag in each front seat. The purpose ofthe air bag is to provide the vehicle's driv-er and/or the front passenger with addi-tional protection than that offered by theseat belt alone.

The side air bags are designed to deployonly during certain side-impact collisions,depending on the crash severity, angle,speed and point of impact. The side airbags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations.

OUN026109/OUN026110

B990B02LZ

WARNING• The side air bag is supplemental

to the driver's and the passen-ger's seat belt systems and is nota substitute for them. Thereforeyour seat belts must be worn atall times while the vehicle is inmotion. The air bags deploy onlyin certain side impact conditionssevere enough to cause signifi-cant injury to the vehicle occu-pants.

• For best protection from the sideair bag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side airbag, both front seat occupantsshould sit in an upright positionwith the seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's hands shouldbe placed on the steering wheelat the 9:00 and 3:00 positions.The passenger's arms and handsshould be placed on their laps.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not use any accessory seat

covers.• Use of seat covers could reduce

or prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

• Do not install any accessories onthe side or near the side air bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side air bag that mayresult in personal injury, avoidimpact to the side impact sensorwhen the ignition key is on.

• If seat or seat cover is damaged,have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorizedHyundai dealer. Inform them thatyour vehicle is equipped withside air bags and an occupantclassification system.

3 45


Curtain air bag (if equipped)Curtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide the best protec-tion, both front seat occupantsand both outboard rear occu-pants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat belts prop-erly fastened. Importantly, chil-dren should sit in a proper childrestraint system in the rear seat.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system in a locked posi-tion.

(Continued)

OHD036125

OUN026090

(Continued)• Do not allow the passengers to

lean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.


463

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (if equipped)

OHD036026/OHD036028/OHD036029/OHD036030

3 47


Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bag Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision - generally from an area a littleto the left to a little to the right of straightahead.

1JBA3513

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B pillarwhere side collision sensors areinstalled. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing aftermarket bumperguards or replacing a bumperwith non-genuine parts mayadversely affect your vehicle’scollision and air bag deploymentperformance.


483

Side and/or air bags (if equipped)Side and/or curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side air bags (sideand/or curtain air bags) are designed toinflate only in side impact collisions, butthey may inflate in other collisions if theside impact sensors detect a sufficientimpact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roadsor sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or on sur-faces not designed for vehicle traffic toprevent unintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1JBA3515

1JBA3516

OUN026090

3 49


• Frontal air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case, inflat-ed air bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, side or curtain air bags mayinflate depending on the intensity, vehi-cle speed and angles of impact.

• In a slant or angled collision, the forceof impact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

1VQA2087 1JBA35211JBA3516


503

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly reduced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deploymentwould not provide protection to theoccupants.However, side and/or curtain air bagsmay inflate when the vehicle is rolledover by a side impact collision, if thevehicle is equipped with side air bagsand curtain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1JBA3517 1JBA3522 1JBA3518

3 51


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to ON or START posi-tion.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofa serious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side air bag or curtainair bag) in order to help protect theoccupants from serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate by the severity of a collision andits direction. These two factors deter-mine whether the sensors send out anelectronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. Though, factors are not limit-ed to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a collisionoccurs and the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which normally caninclude facial abrasions, bruises andbroken bones, and sometimes moresevere injuries because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 10 inches (250 mm)away). The front passengershould always move their seat asfar back as possible and sit backin their seat.

• Air bag inflates instantly in theevent of collision, and passen-gers may be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries which normally includefacial or bodily abrasions,injuries from broken glasses orburns by the air bag inflationgasses.


523

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. We strongly urgeyou to open your doors and/or win-dows as soon as possible after impactin order to reduce discomfort and pre-vent prolonged exposure to thesmoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult a doctor if thesymptom persists.

Installing a child restraint on a frontpassenger’s seat is forbiddenNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage area’sinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.

3 53


Air bag warning lightThe purpose of air bag warning light inyour instrument panel is to alert you of apotential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

WARNING• Never put a child restraint in the

front passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of vehicleequipped with curtain air bag, besure to install the child restraintsystem as far away from the doorside as possible, and secure thechild restraint system to belocked in position.Inflation of side or curtain air bagcould cause serious injury ordeath due to the expansionimpact.

AIRBAG


543

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS "AIR BAG"warning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

WARNING• Do not install a child restraint

system in the front passengerseat position. A child restraintsystem must never be placed inthe front seat. The infant or childcould be severely injured by anair bag deployment in case of anaccident.

• Modification to SRS componentsor wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorized Hyundaidealer knows these precautionsand can give you the necessaryinformation. Failure to followthese precautions and proce-dures could increase the risk ofpersonal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorized Hyundai dealer.

3 55


Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.


563

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alertthe driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

OHD036027/OHD036117L/OHD036121L/OHD036122L

(if equipped)(if equipped)

(if equipped)

1

2

3

4

Keys / 4-2Remote keyless entry / 4-3Theft-alarm system / 4-6Door locks / 4-8Trunk / 4-12Windows / 4-14Hood / 4-18Fuel filler lid / 4-20

Sunroof / 4-23Steering wheel / 4-27Mirrors / 4-29Instrument cluster / 4-37Hazard warning flasher / 4-51Lighting / 4-51Wipers and washers / 4-54Interior light / 4-56Defroster / 4-59Manual climate control system / 4-60Automatic climate control system / 4-69Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-77Storage compartment / 4-80Interior features / 4-82Audio system / 4-87



24

Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this numberwill enable an authorized Hyundai dealerto duplicate the keys easily. Remove thebar code tag and store it in a safe place.Also, record the code number and keep itin a safe and handy place, but not in thevehicle.

Key operationsUsed to start the engine, lock and unlockthe doors.

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition. Children copy adults andthey could place the key in the igni-tion. The ignition key would enablechildren to operate power windowsor other controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or even death.Never leave the keys in your vehiclewith unsupervised children.

OHD046100L OHD046101L

WARNINGUse only Hyundai original parts forthe ignition key in your vehicle. Ifan aftermarket key is used, the igni-tion switch may not return to ONafter START. If this happens, thestarter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.

4 3


Remote keyless entry systemoperationsLock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed.If all doors are closed, the hazard warn-ing lights blink once to indicate that alldoors are locked. However, if any doorremains open, the hazard warning lightsdon’t blink. After this, if all doors areclosed, the hazard warning lights blink.

Unlock (2) Driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that the driver's door isunlocked.All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed twice within 4 seconds.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceagain to indicate that all doors areunlocked.After depressing this button, the doorswill be locked automatically unless youopen any door within 30 seconds.

Trunk lid open (3)The trunk lid opens if this button ispressed more than 0.5 second.

Alarm (4)The horn sounds and hazard warninglights flash for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed. To stop the horn andlights, press any button on the transmit-ter.

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 30 feet [10 m]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized Hyundai dealer.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

OHD046102N


44

Operational distance may vary depend-ing upon the area the transmitter is usedin. For example, if the vehicle is parkednear police stations, government andpublic offices, broadcasting stations, mil-itary installations, airports, or transmit-ting towers, etc.

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

Battery replacementTransmitter uses a 3 volt lithium batterywhich will normally last for several years.When replacement is necessary, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centercover (1).

2. Replace the battery with new one.When replacing the battery, make surethe battery positive “+” symbol facesup as indicated in the illustration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorized Hyundai dealer for repro-gramming.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er vehicle warranty.

OHD046103

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

4 5


CAUTIONThe keyless entry system transmit-ter is designed to give you years oftrouble-free use, however it canmalfunction if exposed to moistureor static electricity. If you areunsure how to use your transmitteror replace the battery, contact anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

CAUTION• Using the wrong battery can

cause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.


64

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch.2. Make sure that all doors, the engine

hood and trunk lid are closed andlatched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed.

If any door, trunk lid or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warning lightswon’t operate and theft-alarm will notarm. After this, if all doors, trunk lid andengine hood are closed, the hazardwarning lights blink once.The system can be armed by locking thedoors with the key from the front doors ortrunk lid. However, the hazard warninglights are not operated.

Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the vehicle, the alarm maybe activated when the remaining pas-senger(s) leave the vehicle. If anydoor, trunk lid or engine hood isopened within 30 seconds after enter-ing the armed stage, the system isdisarmed to prevent unnecessaryalarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage

4 7


Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using the ignition key or transmitter.• The trunk lid is opened without using

the ignition key or transmitter.• The engine hood is opened.The siren will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously for27 seconds, and repeat the alarm 3times unless the system is disarmed. Toturn off the system, unlock the doors withthe ignition key or transmitter.

Withheld alarmIf the trunk lid is opened with the trans-mitter during the armed stage, the alarmwill not be activated but the armed statewill be maintained for the doors andhood.

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when thedoors are unlocked by depressing theunlock button on the transmitter orunlocked with the ignition key.After depressing unlock button, the haz-ard warning lights will blink twice to indi-cate that the system is disarmed.After depressing unlock button, if anydoor is not opened within 30 seconds,the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Avoid trying to start the engine while

the alarm is activated. The vehiclestarting motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage. If the system is notdisarmed with the ignition key ortransmitter, insert the key into theignition switch, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and wait for30 seconds. Then the system will bedisarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized Hyundai dealer.


84

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward rear of vehicle to

unlock and toward front of vehicle tolock.

• If you lock/unlock the door with a key,all vehicle doors will lock/unlock auto-matically.

• From the driver’s door, turn the key tothe right once to unlock the driver’sdoor and once more within 4 secondsto unlock all doors. (if equipped)

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter key (ifequipped).

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the door is locked/unlocked multipletimes in rapid succession with either thevehicle key or door lock switch, the sys-tem may stop operating temporarily inorder to protect the circuit and preventdamage to system components.

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2) (if equipped) to the“Lock” position and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch, all vehicle doors willlock automatically. (if equipped)

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OHD046001

LockUnlock

OHD046002

4 9


Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleWith the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in lock position, the button isunlocked and door opens. (if equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch andany front door is open.

With central door lock switch (ifequipped)It is operated by depressing the door lockswitch. If the “Lock” position is switchedwhen any door is open, the door willremain locked when closed.

OHD046003

Lock Unlock

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

OHD046004

Driver’s door


104

• When pushing down on the front por-tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• However, if the key is in the ignitionswitch and any front door is open, thedoors will not lock when the front por-tion of central door lock switch ispressed.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

4 11


Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will be automatically unlockedwhen the impact is delivered to impactsensors while the ignition switch ON.However, the doors may not be unlockedwhen there are some problems ofmechanical door lock system or battery.

Speed sensing door lock system(if equipped)When the speed of the vehicle is aboveapproximately 12 MPH (20 km/h) for 1second, it will automatically lock alldoors. For activation of this feature, con-tact an authorized Hyundai dealer.

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the “Lock”position. When the child safety lock isin the “Lock ( )” position, rear doorwill not open even though the innerdoor handle is pulled inside the vehi-cle.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (1).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until rear door childsafety lock is unlocked ( ).

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed. To pre-vent children from opening the reardoors from the inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

OHD046005


124

Opening the trunkWith remote trunk lid releaseTo open the trunk lid without using thekey, push the trunk lid release button.

With the keyTo open the trunk lid, insert the key andturn it clockwise to unlock. The trunkcompartment light will illuminate whenthe trunk lid is opened.

Closing the trunkTo close, lower the trunk lid, then pressdown on it until it locks. To be sure thetrunk lid is securely fastened, alwayscheck by trying to pull it up.

TRUNK

OHD046007 OHD046006

WARNINGThe trunk lid should be always keptcompletely closed while the vehicleis in motion. If it is left open or ajar,poisonous exhaust gases mayenter the car and serious illness ordeath may result. See additionalwarnings concerning exhaustgases in section 5, “Engine exhaustcan be dangerous!”.

4 13


Emergency trunk safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with an emer-gency trunk release cable located insidethe trunk. The lever glows in the darkwhen the trunk lid is closed. If someoneis inadvertently locked in the trunk,pulling this handle will release the trunklatch mechanism and open the trunk.

WARNING• No one should be allowed to

occupy the trunk of the vehicle atany time. If the trunk is partiallyor totally latched and the personis unable to get out, severe injuryor death could occur due to lackof ventilation, exhaust fumes andrapid heat build-up, or because ofexposure to cold weather condi-tions. The trunk is also a highlydangerous location in the eventof a crash because it is not a pro-tected occupant space but mere-ly a part of the vehicle’s crushzone.

• Your vehicle should be keptlocked and keys be kept out ofthe reach of children. Parentsshould teach their children aboutthe dangers of playing in trunks.

OHD046008


144

Power windows (if equipped)(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up*/down*

(Driver’s window)(7) Power window lock switch

*: if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OHD046009

4 15


The ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door’s window. However,the driver has a power window lockswitch which can block the operation ofpassenger windows.The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within the 30seconds after the ignition key removal.While driving, if you notice buffeting andpulsation (wind shock) with either sidewindow open, you should open the oppo-site window slightly to reduce the condi-tion.

Window opening and closingThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.• To open or close a window, press down

or pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

Auto down window (if equipped) (driver’s window)Depressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up the switch momentarilyto the opposite direction of the windowmovement.

(Continued)• Never try to operate the main

switch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• Always double check to make

sure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend face or arms out-side through the window openingwhile driving.

CAUTION• To prevent the power window

system from the possibility ofdamage, do not open or close twowindows at the same time. Thiswill also ensure the longevity ofthe fuse.

(Continued)


164

Auto up/down window (if equipped)(Driver's window)Depressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the seconddetent position (6) completely lowers orlifts the window even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up or depress and releasethe switch to the opposite direction of themovement.If the power window is not operating cor-rectly, the automatic power window sys-tem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close driver’s window and continue

pulling up on driver’s power windowswitch for at least 1 second after thewindow is completely closed.

Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the driver’swindow is blocked by an object or part ofthe body, the window will detect theresistance and will stop upward move-ment. The window will then lower approx-imately 12 in. (30 cm) to allow the objectto be cleared.If the window detects resistance whilethe power window switch is pulled upcontinuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 1in. (2.5cm). If the power windowswitch is pulled up continuously againwithin 5 seconds after the window is low-ered by the automatic window reversalfeature, the automatic window reversalwill not operate.

WARNING • The automatic reverse feature for

the driver’s window is only activewhen the “auto up” feature isused by fully pulling up theswitch. The automatic reversefeature will not operate if the win-dow is raised using the halfwayposition on the power windowswitch.

• Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window toavoid injuries or vehicle damage.If an object less than 0.16 in. (4mm) in diameter is caughtbetween the window glass andthe upper window channel, theautomatic reverse window maynot detect the resistance and willnot stop and reverse direction.

4 17


Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on a passenger door bydepressing the power window lockswitch located on the driver’s door toLOCK (pressed).

• When the power window lock switchis ON, the driver’s master controlcannot operate the passenger doorpower windows.

Manual windows (if equipped)To raise or lower the window, turn thewindow regulator handle clockwise orcounterclockwise.

OHD046010

WARNINGWhen opening or closing the win-dows, make sure your passenger'sarms, hands and body are safelyout of the way.

B050A01E

WARNING • Passengers can be injured if their

head, hands or other body partsare trapped by a closing window.Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window.

• NEVER leave the ignition key inthe vehicle.

• NEVER leave any child unattend-ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.


184

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3.Pull the support rod from the engineroom.

4.Hold the hood open with the supportrod.

HOOD

OHD046011 OHD046012 OHD046013

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in rubber. The rubber willhelp prevent you from being burnedby hot metal when the engine ishot.

4 19


Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft. (30cm) above the closed position and letit drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

WARNING - Hood• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING Make sure the hood is properlylocked before driving.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could fly openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole providedin the hood whenever you inspectthe engine compartment.This willprevent the hood from falling andpossibly injuring you.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood in the raised position, asvision is obstructed and the hoodcould fall or be damaged.


204

Opening the fuel filer lidThe fuel-filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up on thefuel-filler lid opener located on the frontfloor area on the left side of the car.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel-filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radi-ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener up.

3. Pull the fuel filler lid out to open.4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank

cap counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly and make sure that it is securelyclosed.

FUEL FILLER LID

OHD046014 OUN026020

WARNING To avoid injury from sharp edges, itis recommended that protectivegloves be worn if there is a need toopen the fuel filler door manually.

4 21


WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the " " light will illumi-nate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Before refueling note the location

of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas stationfacility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refuelinghas begun, contact with the vehi-cle should be maintained untilthe filling is complete.

(Continued)


224

(Continued)Use only approved portable plas-tic fuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment or 911. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel with unleaded

fuel only.• If the fuel filler cap requires

replacement, use only a genuineHyundai cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not spill fuel on the exterior

surfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• If the fuel filler lid will not open incold weather because the areaaround it is frozen, push or lightlytap the lid.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.

4 23


If your vehicle is equipped with this fea-ture, you can slide or tilt your sunroofwith the sunroof control buttons locatedon the overhead console.1. Slide button2. Tilt button3. Close button

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, sunroof maynot work properly due to freezing con-ditions.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any water thatis on the sunroof before operating it.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilein an open or slide position.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OHD046016 CAUTIONDo not continue to press the sun-roof control button(s) after the sun-roof is in the fully open, closed, ortilt position(s). Damage to the motoror system components could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunshade whiledriving. This could result in loss ofcontrol and an accident that maycause death, serious injury, orproperty damage.


244

Sliding the sunroof To open the sunroof (autoslide feature),press the slide button (1) on the over-head console (for more than 0.5 sec-onds).The sunroof will slide all the way open. Tostop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.To close the sunroof (autoslide feature),press the close button (3) on the over-head console (for more than 0.5 sec-onds).The sunroof will slide all the way close.Tostop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse direction, and thenstop.Auto reverse function does not work if atiny obstacle is blocked between the slid-ing glass and the sunroof sash. Youshould always check that all passengersand objects are away from the sunroofbefore closing it.

Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof (autotilt feature),press the tilt button (2) on the overheadconsole (for more than 0.5 seconds).The sunroof will tilt all the way open. Tostop the sunroof tilting at any point, pressany sunroof control button.To close the sunroof, press the close but-ton (3) on the overhead console and holdit until the sunroof is closed.

OHD046018

WARNING Be careful that someone’s head,hands and body are not trapped bya closing sunroof.

OHD046017 OUN026027

4 25


Sunshade The sunshade will be opened with theglass panel automatically when the glasspanel is slid. You will have to close itmanually if you want it closed.

OUN026031

WARNING - Sunroof• Do not extend face, neck, arms or

body outside through the sunroofopening while driving.

• Make sure hand and face aresafely out of the way before clos-ing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Do not press any sunroof control

button longer than necessary.Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

• Periodically remove any dirt thatmay accumulate on the guide rail.

• If you try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• The sunroof is made to slidetogether with sunshade. Do notleave the sunshade closed whilethe sunroof is open.


264

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or related fuse isblown, you must reset your sunroof sys-tem as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition and close the sunroof com-pletely.

2. Release the control button.3. Press and hold the close button until

the sunroof tilts and slightly moves upand down. Then, release the button.

4. Press and hold the close button untilthe sunroof is operated as follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the control button.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem is reset.

❈ For more detailed information, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the sunroof is not reset when thevehicle battery is disconnected ordischarged, or related fuse isblown, the sunroof may operateimproperly.

4 27


Electronic power steering Power steering uses the motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by power steering control unitwhich sense the steering wheel torque,steering wheel position and vehiclespeed to command the motor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for the better control of thesteering wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illumi-

nate.• The steering wheel becomes heavier

after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• Click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK position.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• The steering effort can suddenlyincrease, if the operation of EPS sys-tem is stopped to prevent serious acci-dents when the malfunction of EPSsystem is detected by self-diagnosis.

Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

STEERING WHEEL


284

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and height (3), then pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel inplace. Be sure to adjust the steeringwheel to the desired position before driv-ing.

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle and height

of steering wheel while driving.You may lose your steering con-trol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

OHD046021

CAUTION• To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol onyour steering wheel (see illustra-tion). The horn will operate onlywhen this area is pressed.

• Do not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist.Do not press on the horn with asharp-pointed object.

OHD046022

4 29


Inside rearview mirrorDay/night rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror to center onthe view through the rear window. Makethis adjustment before you start driving.

Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) (if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the car behind you in nighttime or lowlight driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and through achemical reaction, automatically controlsthe headlight glare from vehicles behindyou.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted intoreverse (R), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision out therear window.

OHD046023

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as that may cause the liq-uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous-ing.


304

To operate the electric rearview mirror• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn

the automatic dimming function on.The mirror indicator light will illuminate.Press the ON/OFF button to turn theautomatic- dimming function off. Themirror indicator light will turn off.

• The mirror defaults to the ON positionwhenever the ignition switch is turnedon.

Electric chromic mirror with homelinksystem (if equipped)To operate the electric rearview mirrorPress the I button (1) to turn the auto-matic- dimming function on. The mirrorindicator light will illuminate.Press the O button (2) to turn the auto-matic- dimming function off. The mirrorindicator light will turn off.

HomeLink® Wireless Control SystemYour new mirror comes with an integrat-ed HomeLink Universal Transceiver,which allows you to program the mirror toactivate your garage door(s), estate gate,home lighting, etc. The mirror actuallylearns the codes from your various exist-ing transmitters.

OHD046024 OHD046025N OHD046305N

Glare detection sensorIndicator light

Homelink buttons

4 31


Retain the original transmitter for futureprogramming procedures (i.e., new vehi-cle purchase). It is also suggested thatupon the sale of the vehicle, the pro-grammed HomeLink buttons be erasedfor security purposes (follow step 1 in the“Programming” portion of this text).

ProgrammingYour vehicle may require the ignitionswitch to be turned to the ACC positionfor programming and/or operation ofHomeLink. It is also recommended that anew battery be replaced in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink for quicker train-ing and accurate transmission of theradio-frequency.Follow these steps to train yourHomeLink mirror:

1. When programming the buttons for thefirst time, press and hold the left andcenter buttons ( , ) simultane-ously until the indicator light begins toflash after approximately 20 seconds.(This procedure erases the factory-setdefault codes. Do not perform this stepto program additional hand-held trans-mitters.)

WARNING• When programming the

HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem, you may be operating agarage door or gate operator.Make sure that people and objectsare out of the way of the movingdoor or gate to prevent potentialharm or damage.

• Do not use HomeLink with anygarage door opener that lacks thesafety stop and reverse featureas required by federal safetystandards. (This includes anygarage door opener model manu-factured before April 1, 1982.) Agarage door opener which cannotdetect an object, signaling thedoor to stop and reverse, doesnot meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage dooropener without these featuresincreases risk of serious injury ordeath. For more information, call1-800-355-3515 or on the internetat www.homelink.com.

OHD046306N

Flashing


324

✽✽ NOTICEFor non rolling code garage door open-ers, follow steps 2 - 3. For rolling code garage door openers,follow steps 2 - 6. For Canadian Programming, please fol-low the Canadian Programming section.For help with determining whether yourgarage is non-rolling code or rollingcode, please refer to the garage dooropeners owner’s manual or contactHomeLink customer service at 1-800-355-3515.

2. Press and hold the button on theHomeLink system you wish to trainand the button on the transmitter whilethe transmitter is approximately 1 to 3inches away from the mirror. Do notrelease the buttons until step 3 hasbeen completed.

3. The HomeLink indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both but-tons may be released. (The rapid flash-ing light indicates successful program-ming of the new frequency signal.)

✽✽ NOTICESome gate operators and garage dooropeners may require you to replace step#3 with the “cycling” procedure noted inthe “Canadian Programming” sectionof this document.

Rolling code programmingTo train a garage door opener (or otherrolling code equipped devices) with therolling code feature, follow these instruc-tions after completing the “Programming”portion of this text. (A second personmay make the following training proce-dures quicker & easier.) 4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” button on

the device’s motor head unit. Exactlocation and color of the button mayvary by product brand. If there is diffi-culty locating the “learn” or “smart” but-ton, reference the device’s owner’smanual or contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet atwww.homelink.com.

5. Press and release the “learn” or“smart” button on the device’s motorhead unit. You have 30 seconds tocomplete step number 6.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand release the programmedHomeLink button up to three times.The rolling code equipped deviceshould now recognize the HomeLinksignal and activate when theHomeLink button is pressed. Theremaining two buttons may now beprogrammed if this has not previouslybeen done. Refer to the“Programming” portion of this text.

OHD046307N

Flashing

1-3inc

hes

Transmitter

4 33


Operating HomeLink To operate, simply press the pro-grammed HomeLink button. Activationwill now occur for the trained product(garage door, security system, entry doorlock, estate gate, or home or office light-ing). For convenience, the hand-heldtransmitter of the device may also beused at any time. The HomeLinkWireless Controls System (once pro-grammed) or the original hand-heldtransmitter may be used to activate thedevice (e.g. garage door, entry door lock,etc.). In the event that there are still pro-gramming difficulties, contact HomeLinkat 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet atwww.homelink.com.

Erasing programmed HomeLink but-tonsTo erase the three programmed buttons(individual buttons cannot be erased):• Press and hold the left and center

buttons simultaneously, until the indi-cator light begins to flash (approxi-mately 20 seconds). Release both but-tons. Do not hold for longer than 30seconds.

HomeLink is now in the train (or learning)mode and can be programmed at anytime.

Reprogramming a single HomeLinkbuttonTo program a device to HomeLink usinga HomeLink button previously trained,follow these steps:1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink

button. Do NOT release until step 4has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 1 to 3 inchesaway from the HomeLink surface.

3. Press and hold the hand-held trans-mitter button (or press and “cycle” - asdescribed in “Canadian Programming”above).

4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light begins to flash rapidly,release both buttons.

The previous device has now beenerased and the new device can be acti-vated by pushing the HomeLink buttonthat has just been programmed. This pro-cedure will not affect any other pro-grammed HomeLink buttons.

OHD046306N

Flashing


344

Gate operator programming & canadi-an programmingDuring programming, your hand-heldtransmitter may automatically stop trans-mitting. Continue to press and hold theHomeLink button (note steps 2 through 4in the “Programming” portion of this text)while you press and re-press (“cycle”)your handheld transmitter every two sec-onds until the frequency signal has beenlearned. The indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly after several sec-onds upon successful training.

AccessoriesIf you would like additional information onthe HomeLink Wireless Control System,HomeLink compatible products, or topurchase other accessories such as theHomeLink® Lighting Package, pleasecontact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 oron the internet at www.homelink.com.

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

CAUTIONIf programming a garage dooropener or gate, it is advised tounplug the device during the“cycling” process to prevent possi-ble motor burn-up.

WARNINGThe HomeLink transmitter hasbeen tested and complies with FCCand DOC/MDC rules. Changes ormodifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate theequipment.IC: 4112104541A Gentex MODEL/FCC ID: NZLSTDHL3

4 35


Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

Remote controlManual typeThe outside rearview mirrors areequipped with a remote control for yourconvenience. It is operated by the controllever in the bottom front corner of thewindow.Before driving away, always check thatyour mirrors are positioned so you cansee behind you, both to the left and rightsides, as well as directly behind yourvehicle. When using the mirror, alwaysexercise caution when attempting tojudge the distance of vehicles behind oralong side of you.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

B510A01E


364

Electric type (if equipped)The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, movethe lever (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point ( ) on themirror adjustment control to position theselected mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the lever into neu-tral position to prevent the inadvertentadjustment.

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

OHD046025 B510E01E

4 37


INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer 2. Turn signal indicators3. Speedometer4. Engine temperature gauge5. Warning and indicator lights6. Shift position indicator

(Automatic transaxle only)7. Odometer/Trip computer8. Fuel gauge

OHD047027N


384

Instrument panel illuminationWhen the vehicle’s parking lights or head-lights are on, rotate the illumination con-trol knob to adjust the instrument panelillumination intensity.The instrument cluster illumination inten-sity can be adjusted by rotating the con-trol knob with the headlight switch in anyposition when the ignition switch is in ONposition.

GaugesSpeedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in milesper hour and/or kilometers per hour.

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.When the door is open, and if the engineis not started in 1 minute, the tachometerpointer may move slightly in ACC or ONposition with the engine OFF. This move-ment is normal and will not affect theaccuracy of the tachometer once theengine is running.

OHD046045L OHD046028N OHD046029

4 39


Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in the Index.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE. Thismay cause severe engine damage.

OHD046031

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould erupt and cause severeburns. Wait until the engine is coolbefore adding coolant to the reser-voir.


404

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given in sec-tion 9. The fuel gauge is supplemented bya low fuel warning light, which will illumi-nate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.

Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped)You can choose the odometer, tripmeterA or tripmeter B by pressing the TRIPbutton for less than 1 second.

OHD046032

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a very low fuellevel. If you run out of fuel, it couldcause the engine to misfire andresult in excessive loading of thecatalytic converter.

OHD046035

4 41


OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is forbidden that alteration of theodometer of any vehicle with the intentto change the mileage registered on theodometer. The alteration may void yourwarranty coverage.

TripmeterTRIP A: Tripmeter ATRIP B: Tripmeter BThe tripmeter indicates the distance ofindividual trips selected by the driver.Tripmeter A or B can be reset to 0 bypressing the TRIP button for 1 second ormore, and then releasing.

Trip computer (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,including distance to empty, tripmeter,average fuel consumption and averagespeed on the display when the ignitionswitch is in ON position.

Mode selectionPush the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond to select distance to empty, tripme-ter, average fuel consumption and aver-age speed functions.

OHD046036N OHD046033N OHD046035


424

Distance to emptyThis mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 30 miles (50km), a “----” symbol will be displayed.The meter’s working range is from 30 to999 miles (50 to 999 km).

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons(6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

Average fuel consumption

Average speed

Tripmeter

Distance to empty

OHD046041N

4 43


Average fuel consumption This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 0.03 miles (50 m).The meter's working range is from 0.1 to199.9 miles per gallon (0.1 to 199.9 l/100km).Press the TRIP button for more than 1second to reset the average fuel con-sumption to zero (---).

Average speed This mode indicates the average speedfrom the starting of the engine to the igni-tion key "OFF".Average speed is reset to zero if the bat-tery is disconnected.To reset the average speed to zero (---),press the TRIP button for more than 1second.The meter’s working range is from 0 to999 MPH.

TripmeterThis mode indicates the total distancetravelled since the last tripmeter reset.Total distance is also reset to zero if thebattery is disconnected.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second when the tripmeter is being dis-played clears the tripmeter to zero.The meter's working range is from 0 to999.9 miles.

OHD046039N OHD046040N

Average speed

Odometer

OHD046043N

Tripmeter

Odometer


444

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorizedHyundai dealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the SRSis not working properly. If the AIR BAGwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light (if equipped)

This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned to ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a problem with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized Hyundai dealer as soonas possible. The normal braking systemwill still be operational, but without theassistance of the anti-lock brake system.

AIRBAG

4 45


Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglightIf two warning lights illumi-nate at the same time whiledriving, your vehicle has aproblem with ABS and EBDsystem.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHyundai dealer as soon as possible.

Seat belt warning

Seat belt warning lightIf the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition key is turned ON, theseat belt warning light blinks for approxi-mately 6 seconds. And if the vehiclespeed exceeds 10km/h with the seat beltunfastened, the seat belt warning lightblinks with the pattern of 6 seconds onand 24 seconds off for 11 times.The seatbelt warning light will stop if the seat beltis fastened or the vehicle speed isreduced to below 5km/h.

Seat belt warning chimeIf the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition key is turned ON, theseat belt warning chime sounds forapproximately 6 seconds. And if the vehi-cle speed exceeds 10 km/h with the seatbelt unfastened, the seat belt warningchime sounds with the pattern of 6 sec-onds on and 24 seconds off for 11 times.The seat belt warning chime will stop ifthe seat belt is fastened or the vehiclespeed is reduced to below 5 km/h.

Turn signal indicator lights

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

WARNINGIf the both ABS and Brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally. So you may experiencean unexpected and dangerous situ-ation during sudden braking. In thiscase, avoid high speed driving andabrupt braking. Have your vehiclechecked by an authorized Hyundaidealer as soon as possible.


464

Engine oil pressure warn-ing

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

Parking brake & brakefluid warning

Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have it towed to any authorizedHyundai dealer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized Hyundai dealer beforethe car is driven again.

4 47


Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of thebrake system working. If the brakes failwhile you are driving, shift to a lower gearfor additional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the front foglights are ON.

Shift pattern indicators(if equipped)

The individual indicators illu-minate to show the automat-ic transaxle shift lever selec-tion.

Charging system warning

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedHyundai dealer correct the problem assoon as possible.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized Hyundaidealer.


484

Trunk lid open warninglight

This warning light illuminates when thetrunk lid is not closed securely with theignition in any position.

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion in any position.

Low fuel level warning

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential problem has beendetected somewhere in the emissioncontrol system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to the ON posi-tion, take your vehicle to your nearestauthorized Hyundai dealer and have thesystem checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized Hyundai dealer promptly.

Low washer fluid levelwarning indicator(if equipped)This warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is near empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light ( ) illuminated may causedamage to the emission controlsystems which could effect dri-vability and/or fuel economy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light ( )illuminates, potential catalyticconverter damage is possiblewhich could result in loss ofengine power. Have the EngineControl System inspected as soonas possible by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

4 49


ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) indicator(if equipped)

The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions and under normaldriving conditions, the ESC light willremain off. When a slippery or low trac-tion condition is encountered, the ESCwill operate, and the ESC indicator willblink to indicate the ESC is operating.

ESC OFF indicator (if equipped)

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated. If this indicatorstays on in the ESC ON mode, the ESCmay have a malfunction. Take your car toan authorized Hyundai dealer and havethe system checked.

Cruise indicator (if equipped)

CRUISE indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise control system is enabled.The cruise indicator light in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control ON/OFF button on thesteering wheel is pulled.The indicator light turns off when thecruise control ON/OFF button is pushedagain. For more Information about theuse of cruise control, refer to section 5,“Cruise control system”.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise function switch (COAST/SET orRES/ACCEL) is ON.The cruise SET indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illuminated whenthe cruise control switch (COAST/SET orRES/ACCEL) is pushed. The cruise SETindicator light does not illuminate whenthe cruise control switch (CANCEL) ispushed or the system is disengaged.

Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

Electronic power steering(EPS) system warning light

This indicator light comes on after theignition key is turned to the ON positionand then it will go out with the enginestarted.This light also comes on if the EPS has amalfunction. If it comes on while driving,have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

ESC

CRUISE

ESCOFF

SET

EPS


504

Low tire pressure telltale (if equipped)

The low tire pressure telltalecomes on for 3 seconds after the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position.If the warning light does not come on, orcontinuously remains on after coming onfor about 3 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position, theTire Pressure Monitoring System is notworking properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.This warning light will also illuminate ifone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible. Ifthe warning light illuminates while driv-ing, reduce vehicle speed immediatelyand stop the vehicle. Avoid hard brakingand overcorrecting at the steering wheel.Inflate the tires to the proper pressure asindicated on the vehicle’s tire informationplacard.

TPMS (Tire pressure mon-itoring system) malfunction indicator (if equipped)TPMS malfunction indicator comes on for3 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position. If the warninglight does not come on, or continuouslyremains on after coming on for about 3seconds when you turned the ignitionswitch to the ON position, the TirePressure Monitoring System is not work-ing porperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

The warning light also comes on andstays on when there is a problem with theTire Pressure Monitoring System.If this happens, the system may not mon-itor the tire pressure. Have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

TPMS

WARNING - Low tire pres-sure

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable and cancontribute to loss of vehicle controland increased braking distances.Continued driving on low pressuretires will cause the tires to overheatand fail. WARNING - Safe stopping

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakesgradually and with light force,and slowly move to a safe posi-tion off the road.

4 51


The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignition.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the small light when the driverremoves the ignition key and opens thedriver- side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OHD048108LOHD046044L

LIGHTING


524

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail, posi-tion, license and instrument panel lightsare ON.

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position) the head, tail,position, license and instrument panellights are ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

High - beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high-beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

OUN028222 OUN028225OUN028221

4 53


Flashing headlights To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low-beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating. They will self-cancel after aturn is completed. If the indicator contin-ues to flash after a turn, manually returnthe lever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, bulb may be burned out or havea poor electrical connection in the cir-cuit.

OUN028226OUN028224


544

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility and avoid accidents when visibil-ity is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc.The fog lights will turn on when fog lightswitch (1) is turned to ON after the head-lights are turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switchto OFF.

A : Wiper speed control· MIST ( ) – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe· LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes

OUN028219

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor orunnecessary battery and generatordrain could occur.

WIPER AND WASHERS

OHD048900

OHD048900N

Type B

Type A

4 55


Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST ( ) : For a single wiping cycle,

push the lever upward andrelease it with the lever inthe OFF position. Thewipers will operate continu-ously if the lever is pushedupward and held.

OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Usethis mode in a light rain or mist. Tovary the speed setting, turn thespeed control knob(1).

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

OHD048901

OHD048901N

Type B

Type ACAUTION

• To prevent possible damage tothe wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.


564

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.

If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not use the interior lights for extend-ed periods when engine is not running.It may cause battery discharge.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windshield andobscure your vision.

OHD047048

OHD048902N

Type B

Type A

INTERIOR LIGHT

4 57


Map lampPush in the map lamp lens to turn thelight on or off. This light produces a spotbeam for convenient use as a map lampat night or as a personal lamp for thedriver and the passenger.

Dome lampDOORIn the DOOR position, the light comes onwhen any door is opened regardless ofthe ignition switch position. The lightgoes out gradually after 30 seconds if thedoor is closed. However if the ignitionswitch is ON or all doors are locked, thelight will turn off even within 30 seconds.

ONIn the ON position, the light stays on at alltimes.

OFFIn the OFF position, the light stays off atall times even though a door is open.OHD046049 OHD046050

CAUTIONDo not leave the switch in this posi-tion for an extended period of timewhen the vehicle is not running.


584

Trunk room lampThe trunk room lamp comes on when thetrunk is opened.

Glove box lampThe glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.The parking lights or headlights must beON for the glove box lamp to function.

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)Opening the lid of the vanity mirror willautomatically turn on the mirror light.

OHD046051OHD046104 OHD046052

4 59


Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,while engine is running.

To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after 20 minutes or when theignition switch is turned off. To turn off thedefroster, press the rear windowdefroster button again.

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side mirror defroster, it will be operatingat the same time when you operate therear window defroster.

DEFROSTER

OHD046053

OHD046054N

Type A

Type B

CAUTION• To prevent damage to the con-

ductors bonded to the inside sur-face of the rear window, never usesharp instruments or windowcleaners containing abrasives toclean the window.

• If you want to defrost and defogon the front windshield, refer to“Windshield Defrosting andDefogging” in this section.


604

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OHD046056N

1. Temperature control knob2. Fan speed control knob3. Mode selection knob

4. Air conditioning button (if equipped)5. Air intake control button6. Rear window defroster button

4 61


Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the

air conditioning system (if equipped)on.

OHD046058L


624

Mode selectionThe mode selection knob controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Five sym-bols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrostair position.The MAX A/C mode is used to cool theinside of the vehicle faster. The "OFF"mode is used to turn the blower fan off.

MAX A/C-Level (B, D)

Air is discharged through the face levelvents.If the "MAX A/C" mode is selected, theA/C will turn on automatically and"Recirculation" mode will be activated.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is discharged towards the faceand floor.

OFF

The fan is turned off.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defroster.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OHD046057N

4 63


Instrument panel ventsIf air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe instrument panel vents. The outletport can be opened or closed separatelyusing the horizontal thumbwheel. Toclose the vent, rotate it left to the maxi-mum position. To open the vent, rotate itright to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm and hot air orleft position for cooler air.

Air intake control This is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OHD046061OHD046060 OHD046062N


644

Recirculated air position The indicator light on thebutton is illuminated whenthe recirculated air positionis selected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air frompassenger compartmentwill be drawn through theheating system and heatedor cooled according to thefunction selected.

Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on thebutton is not illuminatedwhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEIt should be noted that prolonged oper-ation of the heating in recirculated airposition will cause fogging of the wind-shield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected, will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with airconditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continued climate control systemoperation in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible while driv-ing.

4 65


Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.

Air conditioning (if equipped) Push the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate). Push the button again to turn theair conditioning system off.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the or position.

OHD046063N OHD046064


664

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilationsystem, temporarily set the air intakecontrol to the recirculated air position.Be sure to return the control to thefresh air position when the irritationhas passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust temperaturecontrol to desired temperature.

Air conditioning (if equipped) All Hyundai Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which is not damag-ing to the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position, set the mode control tothe MAX A/C position, then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be runwith the windows closed.

4 67


Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of win-dows on rainy or humid days, decreasethe humidity inside the vehicle by oper-ating the air conditioning system.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth if only for a few minutes toensure maximum system perform-ance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position doesprovide maximum cooling, however,continual operation in this mode maycause the air inside the vehicle tobecome stale.

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized Hyundai deal-er.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

CAUTION• Replace the filter every 10,000

miles (15,000 km) or once a year.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, roughroads, more frequent climate con-trol air filter inspections andchanges are required.

• When the air flow rate is sudden-ly decreased, the system shouldbe checked at an authorized deal-er.


684

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a bad influ-ence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the performance of the air condi-tioning system is reduced it is importantthat the correct type and amount of oiland refrigerant is used. Otherwise, dam-age to the compressor and abnormalsystem operation may occur.

CAUTIONThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorizedHyundai dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to the per-son performing the service.

4 69


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Front windshield defrost button

2. Rear window defrost button

3. Air conditioning button

4. Air intake control button

5. Temperature control button

6. Fan speed control button

7. AUTO (automatic control) button

8. OFF button

9. Mode selection button

10. A/C display

OHD047066


704

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Push the AUTO button. It is indicatedby AUTO on the display. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby temperature setting.

2. Push the TEMP button to set thedesired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting LO, the air conditioning systemwill operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,press any button except temperaturecontrol button. If you press the modeselection button, air-conditioning but-ton, defrost button, air intake controlbutton or fan speed button, the select-ed function will be controlled manuallywhile other functions operate automat-ically.

Regardless of the temperature setting,when using automatic operation, the airconditioning system can automaticallyturn on to decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle, even if the temperature is setto warm.

OUN026312

CAUTIONNever place anything over the sen-sor located on the instrument panelto ensure better control of the heat-ing and cooling system.

OHD046067

4 71


Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually as well by pushingbuttons other than the AUTO button. Inthis case, the system works sequentiallyaccording to the order of buttons select-ed.When pressing any button except AUTObutton while automatic operation, thefunctions of the buttons not selected willbe controlled automatically.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the

air conditioning system (if equipped)on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is discharged towards the faceand floor.

OHD047068


724

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defroster.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters. Defrost-level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsIf air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe instrument panel vents. The outletport can be opened or closed separatelyusing the horizontal thumbwheel. Toclose the vent, rotate it left to the maxi-mum position. To open the vent, rotate itright to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

OHD046069 OHD046060

4 73


Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to the maxi-mum HI by pushing the up button. Eachpush of the button will cause the tempera-ture to increase by 1°F/0.5°C.The temperature will decrease to the mini-mum LO by pushing the down button.Each push of the button will cause thetemperature to decrease by 1°F/0.5°C.When set to the lowest temperature set-ting, the air conditioning will operate con-tinuously.

Temperature conversionIf the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Fahrenheit.This is normal condition. You can switchthe temperature mode betweenFahrenheit to Centigrade as follows;While depressing the AUTO button,depress the OFF button for 3 seconds ormore. The display will change fromFahrenheit to Centigrade, or fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit.

Air intake controlThis is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OHD046070 OHD047071


744

Recirculated air positionThe indicator light on the but-ton is illuminated when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated air posi-tion selected, air from pas-senger compartment will bedrawn through the heatingsystem and heated or cooledaccording to the functionselected.

Outside (fresh) air positionThe indicator light on the but-ton is not illumimated whenthe outside (fresh) air posi-tion is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEIt should be noted that prolonged oper-ation of the heating in recirculated airposition will cause fogging of the wind-shield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected, will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside vehicle which mayfog the glass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with airconditioning or heating system on.It may cause serious harm or deathdue to a drop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continued climate control systemoperation in the reciruclated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible while driving.

4 75


Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by pressing the fan speed controlbutton.The higher the fan speed is, the more airis delivered.Pressing the OFF button turns off thefan.

Air conditioningPush the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate).Push the button again to turn the air con-ditioning system off.

Outside tempmeter The current outer temperature is dis-played in 1°C where the temperaturerange is between -40°F ~ 140°F (-40°C ~60°C).

OHD047073 OHD047074 OHD047075


764

OFF modePush the OFF button to turn off the air cli-mate control system. However you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

OHD046076

4 77


• For maximum defrosting, set the temper-ature control to the extreme right/hot posi-tion and the fan speed control to thehighest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the mode tothe floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and ice fromthe windshield, rear window, outside rearview mirrors, and all side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hood andair inlet in the cowl grill to improve heaterand defroster efficiency and to reduce theprobability of fogging up inside of thewindshield.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except 0 posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.If the air-conditioning and outside (fresh)air position are not selected automatical-ly, press the corresponding button manu-ally.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

OHD046077N OHD046078N

CAUTION - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and that of the wind-shield could cause the outer sur-face of the windshield to fog up,causing loss of visibility. In thiscase, set the mode selection knobor button to the position andfan speed control knob or button tothe lower speed.


784

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The air-conditioning will be turned on

according to the detected ambienttemperature, outside (fresh) air posi-tion and higher fan speed will beselected automatically.

If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) airposition and higher fan speed are notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button or knob manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is controlled to higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set fan speed to the highest (extreme

right) position.2. Set temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The air-conditioning will be turned on

according to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh) airposition will be selected automatically.

If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is controlled to higher fan speed.

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of fogging upthe inside of the windshield, the air intakeor air conditioning are controlled auto-matically according to certain conditionssuch as or position. To cancel orreturn the defogging logic, do the follow-ings.

OHD046079 OHD046080

4 79


Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Turn the mode selection knob to the

defrost position ( ).3. Push the air intake control button

( ) at least 5 times within 3 sec-onds.

The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof interval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it is reset to the defog logicstatus.

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defrost position pressing

defrost button ( ).3. While holding the air conditioning but-

ton (A/C) pressed, press the air intakecontrol button ( ) at least 5 timeswithin 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it is reset to the defog logicstatus.

OHD046105N OHD046106


804

These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror passengers.

Center console storage (if equipped)These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.To open the center console storage pullup the lever.

Glove boxTo open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover can not closesecurely.

OHD046081 OHD046082

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

4 81


Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses in the compart-ment door with the lenses facing out.Push to close.

Multi box (if equipped)To open the cover, push the button. It canbe used for storing small items.

OHD046083

CAUTIONMake sure the sunglass holder isclosed while driving.

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glass inside the sunglass holder.Such objects can be thrown fromthe holder in the event of a sud-den stop or an accident, possiblyinjuring the passengers in thevehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.

OHD046084


824

Cigarette lighterFor the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch, must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the elementhas heated, the lighter will pop out to the"ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin. This can damage the heating elementand create a fire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine Hyundaireplacement or its approved equivalent.

Ashtray

The front ashtray may be opened bypulling the ashtray lid. To clean the ash-tray, the plastic receptacle should beremoved by lifting the plastic ash recep-tacle upward and pulling it out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

OHD046085

CAUTION• Do not hold the lighter in after it is

already heated because it willoverheat.

• Only a genuine Hyundai lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, forexample) may damage the socketor cause electrical failure.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

OHD046086

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

4 83


Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window, pullit downward, unsnap it from the bracket(1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (3).Adjust the sunvisor extension panel for-ward or backward (4) (if equipped).

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you could be burned.Such a burn to the driver couldcause a loss of control of thevehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OHD046087

Front

OHD046088

Rear (if equipped)OHD046089L


844

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp (if equipped)

Close the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge and pos-sible sunvisor damage.

OHD046090

CAUTION• Use power outlet only when the

engine is running and remove theaccessory plug after use. Usingthe accessory plug for prolongedperiods of time with the engineoff could cause the battery to dis-charge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

4 85


Digital clockWhenever the battery terminals, relatedfuses are disconnected, you must resetthe time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

• HOUR:Pressing the “H” button (2) with yourfinger, a pencil or similar object willadvance the time displayed by onehour.

• MINUTE:Pressing the “M” button (3) with yourfinger, a pencil or similar object willadvance the time displayed by oneminute.

• RESET:To clear away minutes, press the “R”button (1) with your finger, a pencil orsimilar object. Then the clock will beset precisely on the hour.For example, if the “R” button ispressed while the time is between 9:01and 9:29, the display will be reset to9:00.9:01 ~ 9:29 display changed to 9:009:30 ~ 9:59 display changed to 10:00

Clothes hangerTo use the hanger, pull down the upperportion of hanger.

OHD046091N

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

OUN026348

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.


864

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the four holders locat-ed in the cargo area to attach the lug-gage net.Contact your authorized Hyundai dealerto obtain a luggage net.

OHD046107

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGAvoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch. The luggage net ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of itsrecoil path. DO NOT use when thestrap has visible signs of wear ordamage.

4 87


AntennaFixed Rod Antenna (if equipped)Your car uses a fixed rod antenna toreceive both AM and FM broadcast sig-nals. This antenna is a removable type.To remove the antenna, turn it counter-clockwise. To install the antenna, turn itclockwise.

Glass antenna (if equipped)When the radio power switch is turned onwhile the ignition key is in either the ONor ACC position, your car will receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signalsthrough the antenna in the rear windowglass.

Satellite Antenna (if equipped)The satellite antenna is installed on theroof of your car to listen to a satelliteradio broadcast. This antenna is perma-nently attached and can not be removed.

✽✽ NOTICEIn places such as tunnels, the satellitebroadcast signal is not available.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OHD046093 ONF048133N

CAUTION• Do not clean the inside of the rear

window glass with a cleaner oruse a scraper to remove any for-eign deposits as this may causedamage to the antenna elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coatingsuch as Ni, Cd, and so on. Thesecan interfere with AM/FM recep-tion.

B870A01A

CAUTION• Be sure to remove the antenna

before washing the car in an auto-matic car wash or it may be dam-aged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened to ensure proper reception.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 87


884

Audio remote control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driv-ing.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not operate audio remote controlbuttons simultaneously.

VOL (▲/▼) (1)• Press the up button (▲) to increase

volume.• Press the down button (▼) to decease

volume.

MODE (2)Press the button to select Radio, Tape (ifequipped) or CD (compact disc).

SEEK (3)If the SEEK button is pressed for 0.8 sec-ond or more, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

TAPE modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

CDP modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

CDC modeIt will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK button is pressed for lessthan 0.8 second, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

TAPE modeIt will function as the AUTO MUSICSearch(AMS) button.

CDP modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CDC modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

OHD046094

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 88

4 89


How car audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located around yourcity.They are intercepted by the radio anten-na on your car. This signal is then receivedby the radio and sent to your car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002 JBM003

FM reception AM reception FM radio station

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 89


904

• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-er station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004 JBM005

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGWe recommend that you never usea cell phone while driving. Thiscould result in loss of control, andan accident that may cause death,serious injury, or property damage.You must stop at a safe place to usea cellular phone.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 90

4 91


Care of cassette tapes (if equipped)• Because the thickness of a cassette

tape with the total playback time ofover 60 minutes (C-60) are too thin, wesuggest that you do not use any ofthem to avoid having tapes being tan-gled.

• To achieve better sound quality, period-ically clean the tape head using a cot-ton stick with colorless alcohol (onceper month).

• If a tape is too loose, fasten it to reel bywinding with objects like a pencil.

• Because dust or foreign objects on acassette tape may damage the play-back head, always store tapes in theircases when not in use.

• Make sure cassette tapes are keptaway from magnetic devices (TV,stereo system, etc) in order to achievebetter sound quality.

• Be certain that no objects or substancesother than cassette tapes are insertedinto the cassette tape player.

• Because tape media can be distortedwhen exposed to direct sunlight, Donot leave cassette tapes on the seats,dashboard or near the back wind-shield.

Care of disc (if equipped)• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventilationbefore using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and useMP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE files withoutpermission(If equipped with M465, useonly MP3/WMA, If equipped with M445,use only CD-DA). Use CDs that are cre-ated only by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible Copy-ProtectedAudio CD

Some copy-protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards(Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player of your car audio is not per-forming to your expectation, this may becaused by those CDs and not a defect inthe device itself. Please replace thoseCDs.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 91


924

1. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob

2. AM/FM Selection Button

3. Automatic Channel Selection Button

4. Preset Button

5. Manual Channel Selection Knob &

SETUP Button

6. SCAN Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(SA710S)

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 92

4 93



Knob



4. Preset Button


SETUP Button

6. SCAN Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA710S)

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 93


944


Knob



4. Preset Button


SETUP Button

6. SCAN Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA760S)

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 94

4 95


1. Power ON/OFF Button &Volume Control Knob

Turns the set on/off when the ignitionswitch is on ACC or ON. If the button isturned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left,decreases the volume.

2. AM/FM Selection ButtonTurns to FM or AM mode, and toggles inthe order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ FM1...when the button is pressed each time.

3. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it increases the band frequency to auto-matically select a channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

• When the [TRACK ] button is press-ed, it reduces the band frequency toautomatically select a channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

4. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Push [PRESET] button for 0.8second or longer to save current channelto the respective button with a beep.

5. Manual Channel SelectionKnob & SETUP Button

Manual Channel Selection knobTurn this knob while listening to a radiochannel to manually adjust frequency.Turn clockwise to increase frequency andcounterclockwise to reduce frequency.

SETUP ButtonPress this button to turn to the XMoption, SCROLL and adjustment mode. Ifno action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode.(After entering SETUP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH functions of the [TUNE] but-ton.) The setup item changes from SCROLL ➟TONE ➟ POSITION...

Audio Control KnobIn SETUP mode, SCROLL, XM option orTONE, POSITION settings can be adjust-ed. After selecting each mode by pushingSound Control knob, rotate the knob toadjust and push again to changes takeeffect.

• SCROLL optionWhen "ON" is selected, long file namescrolls continuously while playing.

• TONE adjustmentSound tone(BASS/MIDDLE/TREBLE) canbe adjusted by rotating the knob. To selectnext item, press the knob again.

• POSITION adjustmentSound position(FADER/BALANCE) canbe adjusted by rotating the knob. FADERadjusts FRONT/REAR position, and BAL-ANCE adjusts LEFT/RIGHT position ofthe speaker sound. To select next item,press the knob again.

• XM optionSelects default information of channeldisplayed in XM mode. Category/Channelor Artist/Title can be selected.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 95


964

• RETURNExits SETUP mode and returns to playmode. Pressing AM/FM, CD/AUX or XMbutton also exits SETUP mode andswitches to selected mode.

6. SCAN ButtonIf this button is pressed, the frequencieswill become increased and receive thecorresponding broadcasts. This functionwill play the frequencies for 5 seconds(XM MODE:10 seconds) each and findother broadcasts as the frequencyincreases. Press the button again whendesiring to continue listening to the cur-rently playing broadcast.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 96

4 97


1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. CD/AUX Selection Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. Fast Search Button

6. RANDOM Play Button

7. REPEAT Button

8. CD Indicator

9. SCAN Play Button

CDP, AUX(SA710S)

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 97


984

1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button





7. REPEAT Button

8. CD Indicator

9. SCAN Play Button

10. INFO Button

11. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button

12. FOLDER Moving Button

CDP, AUX(PA710S)

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 98

4 99


CDC, AUX(PA760S)

1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button





7. REPEAT Button

9. SCAN Play Button

10. INFO Button



13. DISC Selection Button

14. CD LOAD Button

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 99


1004

1. CD Loading SlotPlease face printed side upward and gen-tly push in. When the ignition switch is onACC or ON and power is off, power isautomatically turned on if the CD isloaded.This CDP supports only 12cm CD.If a video CD or Data CD is loaded,"Reading Error" message will appear andCD will be ejected.

2. CD Eject ButtonPush button for less than 0.8 secondto eject the CD during CD playback.This button is enabled when ignitionswitch is off.• ALL EJECT(CDC Only)Press this button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to eject all discs inside the deck inrespective order.

3. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to the AUX mode from the othermode to play the sound from the auxiliaryplayer.If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode,and if a device is connected to AUX thenit toggles. CD ➟ AUX ➟ CD... when thebutton is pressed each time.(It will notturn to AUX if the auxiliary device is notconnected.) If no CD and auxiliary device is not con-nected, it displays "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

4. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1seconds to play the previous song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to play the next song.

5. Fast Search Button• Push [FF] button for 0.8 second or

longer to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

• Push [REW] button for 0.8 second orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

6. RANDOM Play ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RDM’ mode and more than0.8 second to activate ‘ALL RDM’ mode.• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc

are played back in a random sequence.• ALL RDM(MP3/WMA Only) : All files in

a disc are played back in the randomsequence.

7. REPEAT ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RPT’ mode and more than 0.8second to activate ‘FLD RPT’ mode.• RPT : Only a track(file) is repeatedly

played back.• FLD RPT(MP3/WMA Only) : Only files

in a folder are repeatedly played back.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 100

4 101


8. CD Indicator(CDP Only)If the CD is loaded, mark is dis-played. If the CD is ejected, this mark dis-appears.

9. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song inthe CD. To cancel the mode, press thebutton once again.

10. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK(FILE) as below when thebutton is pressed each time.• CDDA : DISC TITLE ➟ DISC ARTIST ➟

TRACK TITLE ➟ TRACK ARTIST ➟

TOTAL TRACK...• MP3/WMA : FILE NAME ➟ TITLE ➟

ARTIST ➟ ALBUME ➟ FOLDER NAME➟ TOTAL FILE... (not displayed if theinformation is not available on theDISC.)

11. SEARCH Knob & ENTERButton

Turn this knob clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the knob counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song. Press the button to skip andplay the selected song.

12. FOLDER Moving Button• Moves [FLDR ] button child folder of

the current folder and displays the firstsong in the folder. Press TUNE/ENTERknob to move to the folder displayed. Itwill play the first song in the folder.

• Moves [CAT ] button parent folderand displays the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.

13. DISC Selection Button• [DISC ] Change button

Changes disc to the previous disc.• [DISC ] Change button

Changes disc to the next disc.

14. CD LOAD ButtonPush [LOAD] button to load CDs to avail-able CDC deck (from 1~6).Push [LOAD] button for more than 2 sec-onds to load into all available decks.The last CD will play. 10 seconds idle sta-tus will disable loading process.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 101


1024

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• An encoded MP3 PLAYER is notrecognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB IFauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith a human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear a strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not an indicatorof trouble and you only have towait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asrecharger or heater using USB I/Fmay lower performance or causetrouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub you purchased separately,the vehicle’s audio system maynot recognize the USB device.Connect the USB device directlyto the multimedia terminal of thevehicle.

(Continued)

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 102

4 103


(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camerathose are not recognizable bystandard USB I/F can be unrecog-nizable.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizalbe.

• The data in the USB memory maylost while using this AUDIO, It isrecommeded to back up impor-tant data on a personal.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 103


1044

1. INFO Selection Button

2. TRACK Moving Button

3. RANDOM Playback Button

4. REPEAT Button

5. USB Selection Button



8. SCAN Play Button


USING USB(PA710S)

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:43 AM Page 104

4 105


USING USB(PA760S)




4. REPEAT Button

5. USB Selection Button



8. SCAN Play Button


HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:44 AM Page 105


1064

1. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ FOLD-ER ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ FILE NAME ➟... (Displays no informa-tion if the file has no song information.)

2. TRACK Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played. Pressthe button for less than 0.8 second andpress it again within 1 seconds to moveand play the previous track.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the next-track.

3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate 'RDM' mode and more than0.8 second to activate 'ALL RDM' mode.• RDM : Only files in a folder are played

back in a random sequence.• ALL RDM : All files in a USB memory are

played back in the random sequence.

4. REPEAT ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate 'RPT' mode and more than0.8 second to activate 'FLD RPT' mode.• RPT : Only a file is repeatedly played

back.• FLD RPT : Only files in a folder are

repeatedly played back.

5. USB Selection ButtonIf USB is connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the other mode to playthe song files stored in the USB.If no CD and auxiliary device is not con-nected, it displays "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

6. FOLDER Moving Button• Moves [FLDR ] button sub folder of

the current folder and displays the firstsong in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Moves [CAT ] button main folder anddisplays the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.


Turn this knob clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song.Press the knob to skip and play theselected song.

8. SCAN Play ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in theUSB device.Press the button once again to cancelscanning.

9. Fast Search ButtonPush [FF] button for 0.8 second or longerto initiate high speed sound search ofcurrent song.Push [REW] button for 0.8 second orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:44 AM Page 106

4 107





4. REPEAT Button

5. iPod Selection Button

6. CATEGORY Selection Button



RUNNING iPod®(PA710S)

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:44 AM Page 107


1084

RUNNING iPod® (PA760S)




4. REPEAT Button

5. iPod Selection Button

6. CATEGORY Selection Button



iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:44 AM Page 108

4 109


Using an iPod when the exclusive cable isconnected to the multimedia terminalinside the console on the right hand sideof the driver's seat.When the iPod is connected, the 'iPod'icon will be displayed on the top left cor-ner of the display screen.

1. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟

ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ TITLE ➟... (Displays no information ifthe file has no song information.)

2. TRACK Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played. Pressthe button for less than 0.8 second andpress it again within 1 seconds to moveand play the previous track.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack.

3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto activate or deactivate the random play-back of the songs within the current cat-egory. Press the button for longer than0.8 second to randomly play all songs inthe entire album of the iPod.Press the button once again to cancelthe mode.

4. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

5. iPod Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the CD mode to play thesong files stored in the iPod. If no CD andauxiliary device is connected, it displays"No Media" for 3 seconds and returns tothe previous mode.

6. CATEGORY Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rentlyplayed category of the iPod.To move to the category displayed, pressSEARCH/ENTER knob. You will be ableto search through the lower category ofthe selected category.The order of iPod's category is SONG,ALBUMS, ARTISTS, GENRES, and iPod.


When you turn the knob clockwise, it willdisplay the songs(category) next to thesong currently played(category in thesame level).Also, when you turn the knob counter-clockwise, it will display the songs(cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).If you want to listen to the song displayedin the song category, press the button,then it will skip to the selected song andplay.

8. Fast Search Button• Push [FF] button for 0.8 second or

longer to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

• Push [REW] button for 0.8 second orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:44 AM Page 109


1104

✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING iPodDEVICE

• Some iPod models might not sup-port the communication protocoland the files will not be played.(iPod models supported: Mini, 4G,Photo, Nano, 5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in theaudio system.

• If the iPod crashes due to its owntrouble, reset the iPod. (Reset:Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normallyon low battery.

CAUTION IN USING iPod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for an iPod in order to oper-ate an iPod with the buttons onthe audio system. The PC cableprovided by Apple may cause amalfunction and do not use it forvehicle use.

• When connecting the device withan iPod cable, push in the jackfully to not to interfere with com-munication.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof an iPod and the audio system,the sound effects of both deviceswill overlap and might reduce ordistort the quality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the iPoddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect the iPod cable whenyou are not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used for theaudio system, the iPod cable hasto be separate from iPod devies.Origin display of iPod may not bedisplayed.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:44 AM Page 110

4 111


1. XM Selection Button

2. INFO Button


4. SCAN Button

5. CATEGORY Search Button

6. Manual Channel Selection Knob

7. Preset Button

XM SATELLITE RADIO(PA710S)

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:44 AM Page 111


1124

XM SATELLITE RADIO(PA760S)

1. XM Selection Button

2. INFO Button


4. SCAN Button

5. CATEGORY Search Button

6. Manual Channel Selection Knob

7. Preset Button

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:44 AM Page 112

4 113


1. XM Selection ButtonTurns to XM Satellite Radio Mode. XMmode toggles in order to XM1 ➟ XM2 ➟XM3 ➟ XM1... when the button ispressed each time.

2. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentchannel in the order of Artist/Song title ➟Category/Channel name ➟ Current PlayChannel ➟ Artist/Song title ➟ Category/Channel name... when the button ispressed each time. If it can not displaythe whole text information, rotate thetune button to see the next page.

3. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to select previous channel.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 second to select next channel.

• Radio ID : Seek or Tune to XM channel0 to display the Radio ID.

4. SCAN ButtonPress to hear a brief sampling of allchannels.To cancel the scan mode, press the but-ton once again.

5. CATEGORY Search Button• Push [FLDR ] button to search previ-

ous category.• Push [CAT ] button to search next

category. To listen to the displayed cat-egory, press the TUNE/ENTER knob.Toscan channel in displayed category,press the [SCAN] button.To search channel in displayed category,press [SEEK] buttons or turn the tunebutton clockwise/counterclockwise.(CATEGORY icon will be turned on inCategory mode)

6. Manual Channel SelectionKnob

While listening to XM broadcast, rotatethis knob clockwise or counterclockwiseto search other channels while listeningto current channel. (Turn clockwise tosearch higher channels, and counter-clockwise to lower channels.)

7. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Push [PRESET] button for 0.8second or longer to save current channelto the respective button with a beep.

HD HMA 4-87~.qxd 8/14/2008 11:44 AM Page 113

5

Before driving / 5-3Key positions / 5-4Starting the engine / 5-5Manual transaxle / 5-7Automatic transaxle / 5-10Brake system / 5-16Cruise control system / 5-26Economical operation / 5-30Special driving conditions / 5-32Winter driving / 5-35Trailer towing / 5-39

Vehicle load limit / 5-47Weight of the vehicle / 5-52



25

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided inSection 7, “Maintenance”.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into “Drive” or “Reverse”.

PROPOSITION 65 WARN-ING

Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.


45

Illuminated ignition switch Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30 sec-onds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionLOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

OUN036001 OUN036002

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgement.Driving while under the influence ofdrugs is as dangerous or more dan-gerous than driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

KEY POSITIONS

WARNINGWhen you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.

5 5


ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

STARTTurn the ignition key to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

Starting the gasoline engine

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

WARNING - Ignition key• Never turn the ignition switch to

LOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in P (Park) for theautomatic transaxle and set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignition switch,or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal, and the clutch (ifequipped).

STARTING THE ENGINE


65

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below 0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

5 7


Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 5 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, then release it slowly.The gearshift lever must be returned tothe neutral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The ring located immediatelybelow the shift knob must be pulledupward while moving the shift lever to theR position.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OHD056002

The ring (1) must be pulled up while moving the shift lever.

The shift lever can be moved without pulling the ring (1).


85

• To shift into reverse, rest the lever inneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourcar is completely stopped. Then movethe lever into the reverse position.

• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R (Reverse),put the shift lever in N (Neutral) posi-tion and release the clutch. Press theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R (Reverse) gear position.

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, while waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver’s seat,always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Then makesure the transaxle is shifted into 1stgear when the vehicle is parked ona level or uphill grade, and shiftedinto R (Reverse) on a downhillgrade. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occur ifthese precautions are not followedin the order identified.

5 9


Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly.The clutch pedal should always befully released while driving. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal while driv-ing. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe car on an incline. This causes unnec-essary wear. Use the foot brake or park-ing brake to hold the car on an incline. Donot operate the clutch pedal rapidly andrepeatedly.

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labor.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travelingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

Good driving practices• Never take the car out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the car ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your car.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into reverse.The transaxle can be damaged if youdo not. To shift into reverse, depressthe clutch, move the shift lever to neu-tral, wait three seconds, then shift tothe reverse position.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.


105

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

OHD056003

The shift lever can be moved freely

Depress the brake pedal when shifting

5 11


Automatic transaxle operationThe highly efficient automatic transaxlehas 4 forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds are select-ed automatically, depending on the posi-tion of the shift lever.All normal forward driving is done withthe shift lever in the D (Drive) position.To move the shift lever from the P (Park)position, the brake pedal must bedepressed with the ignition switch ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule).

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeputting a car into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an upgrade, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.


125

Transaxle rangesThe indicator lights in the instrumentcluster indicate the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are not locked.The vehicle will roll freely even on theslightest incline unless the parking brakeor service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 4-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

(Continued)• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position. Set theparking brake fully, shut theengine off and take the key withyou. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occur ifyou do not follow these precau-tions in the order specified.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

(Continued)

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R whilethe vehicle is in motion, except asexplained in “Rocking the Vehicle”,in this manual.

5 13


✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Drive).

3 (Third gear)Use for towing a trailer during hill climb-ing or to use engine braking downhill."3" automatically shifts between 1st, 2ndand 3rd gears. This means that no shift-up to 4th gear is performed. However, theshift-up to 4th gear is done when the carspeed exceeds a certain value to preventthe engine from over-revving. Manuallymove the selector to "D" when returningto normal driving condition.

2 (Second gear)Use for driving on a slippery road, hillclimbing or engine braking downhill. "2"automatically shifts between first andsecond gears.This means that no shift-up to 3rd gear isperformed. However, the shift-up to thirdgear is done when the car speedexceeds a certain value to prevent theengine from over-revving. Manually movethe selector to "D" returning to normaldriving condition.

L (Low gear)Use for driving up a very steep grade orfor engine braking when descendingsteep hills. When downshifting to "L", thetransaxle will temporarily remain in sec-ond gear until the vehicle has slowedenough for low gear to engage. Do notexceed 30 mph (50 km/h) in low gear."L" shifts to 1st gear only. However, shiftup to 2nd is performed when the carexceeds a certain speed and, as speedincreases, the transaxle will shift up to3rd gear to prevent over-revving theengine.

✽✽ NOTICE• For smooth and safe operation,

depress the brake pedal when shiftingfrom "N" (Neutral) position or "P"(Park) position to a forward or "R"(Reverse) gear.

• Fully depress the brake pedal in orderto move the shift lever from the "P"(Park) position to any of the otherpositions.

• It is always possible to shift from "R","N", "D", "3", "2", "L" position to"P" position. The vehicle must befully stopped to avoid transaxle dam-age.

CAUTION• Shift into "R" and "P" position

only when the vehicle has com-pletely stopped.

• Do not accelerate the engine inreverse or any of the forwardpositions with the brakes applied.

• Always apply the footbrake whenshifting from "P" or "N", to "R","D","3", "2" or "L" position.

• Check the automatic transaxlefluid level regularly, and add fluidas necessary.See the maintenance schedule forthe proper fluid recommendation.


145

Shift lock system For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle out of P (Park)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle out of P (Park):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:1. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering

the shift-lock override access hole.2. Insert a screwdriver (or key) into the

access hole and press down on thescrewdriver (or key).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Hyundai dealer immediate-ly.

Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around the car.

OHD056004

5 15


Good driving practices• Never move the gear selector lever

from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to anyother position with the acceleratorpedal depressed.

• Never move the gear selector lever into"P" when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into R(Reverse).

• Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the car from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

CAUTIONIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then you mayattempt to rock the vehicle free bymoving it forward and backward. Donot attempt this procedure if peopleor objects are anywhere near thevehicle. During the rocking opera-tion the vehicle may suddenly moveforward of backward as it becomesunstuck, causing injury or damageto nearby people or objects.


165

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)• When descending a long or steep

hill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may result in the vehi-cle not slowing down at the usualrate and/or pulling to one sidewhen the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

(Continued)

5 17


Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes (if equipped). Youmay hear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depress thebrake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

Rear drum brakes (if equipped)Your rear drum brakes do not have wearindicators.Therefore, have the rear brakelinings inspected if you hear a rear brakerubbing noise. Also have your rearbrakes inspected each time you changeor rotate your tires and when you havethe front brakes replaced.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace brake pads ascomplete front or rear axle sets.


185

Parking brake Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then without pressingthe release button in, pull the parkingbrake lever up as far as possible. In addi-tion it is recommended that when parkingthe vehicle on a gradient, the shift levershould be positioned in the appropriatelow gear on manual transaxle vehicles orin the P (Park) position on automatictransaxle vehicles.

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull the parking brakelever slightly. Secondly, depress therelease button and lower the parkingbrake lever while holding the button.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad (or lining) and brake rotor wear.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxleequipped vehicles and in P (Park)for automatic transaxle equippedvehicles.

• Never allow a person who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle or childrento touch the parking brake. If theparking brake is released unin-tentionally, serious injury mayoccur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.

OHD056005 OHD056006

5 19


Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminatedwhen the parking brake is applied withthe ignition switch in the START or ONposition.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is released, theremay be a malfunction in the brake sys-tem. Immediate attention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (if equipped)

W-75

WARNINGABS (ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for carsequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (Electronic Stability ControlSystem) may be longer than forthose without it in the followingroad conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tire chains installed.• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

(Continued)

(Continued)The safety features of an ABS(ESC) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.


205

The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized Hyundai dealer assoon as possible.

5 21


✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

Electronic stability control (ESC)(If equipped)The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering manuevers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes at individual wheels andintervenes in the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and stop theengine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized Hyundai dealer assoon as possible.

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic Stability Control(ESC) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmaneuvers and hydroplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding maneuvers thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESC installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

OHD056007N


225

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityControl System is functioning properly.

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF buttonfor at least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESC off. (ESC OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESC OFFbutton (ESC OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESC per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

-ESC

5 23


ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again.

Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to ON, theindicator light illuminates, then goes off ifESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating.ESC OFF indicator light comes on wheneither the ESC is turned off with the but-ton, or ESC fails to operate when turnedon.

ESCOFF

ESC

ESCOFF

■ ESC indicator light (blinks)

■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Control sys-tem is only a driving aid; use pre-cautions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.


245

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC turned

on for daily driving whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press the

ESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

Never press ESC OFF button while ESCis operating (ESC indicator light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat-ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC isturned off (ESC OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESC is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

Good braking practices• After being parked, check to be sure

the parking brake is not engaged andthat the parking brake indicator light isout before driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the car is washed. Wet brakescan be dangerous! Your car will notstop as quickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakes may cause the car to pullto one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the carunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized Hyundai dealer forassistance.

• Don't coast down hills with the car outof gear. This is extremely hazardous.Keep the car in gear at all times, usethe brakes to slow down, then shift to alower gear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating.If the ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may go out ofcontrol.To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

5 25


• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating andlosing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thecar pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

• If your car is equipped with an auto-matic transaxle, don't let your carcreep forward. To avoid creeping for-ward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the car is stopped.

• Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the gear selector lever in "P"(automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle). Ifyour car is facing downhill, turn thefront wheels into the curb to help keepthe car from rolling. If your car is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the car fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe car from rolling, block the wheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the gearselector lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the car cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.


265

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without pressing the acceler-ator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 25 mph (40 km/h).

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated)the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe car at a constant speed, forinstance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Pay particular attention to the

driving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• During cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral withoutdepressing the clutch pedal,since the engine will be over-revved. If this happens, depressthe clutch pedal or release thecruise control ON/OFF switch.

OHD056010L

5 27


3. Push the COAST/SET switch, andrelease it at the desired speed.The SETindicator light in the instrument clusterwill illuminate. Release the acceleratorat the same time.The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle maymomentarily slow down while going down-hill.

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the RES/ACCEL switch and hold

it. Your vehicle will accelerate. Releasethe switch at the speed you want.

• Push the RES/ACCEL switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1 mph (1.6 km/h)each time the RES/ACCEL switch isoperated in this manner.

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the COAST/SET switch and hold

it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the switch at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Push the COAST/SET switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1 mph (1.6km/h) each time the COAST/SETswitch is operated in this manner.

OHD056011L OHD056012L OHD056011L


285

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Press the clutch pedal with an manual

transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 9 mph (15km/h).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 24 mph (40 km/h).

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, pushthe RES/ACCEL switch located on yoursteering wheel. You will return to yourpreviously preset speed.

OHD056013L

5 29


To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 25 mph(40 km/h):If any method other than the CRUISEON-OFF switch was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when theRES/ACCEL switch is pushed.It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below 25 mph (40km/h).

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.

OHD056012L


305

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from a gal-lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to that of the other traffic so youdon't have to change speeds unneces-sarily. Avoid heavy traffic wheneverpossible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so you canavoid unnecessary braking. This alsoreduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your car uses.Driving at a moderate speed, especial-ly on the highway, is one of the mosteffective ways to reduce fuel consump-tion.

• Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.This can increase fuel consumptionand also increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving with yourfoot resting on the brake pedal maycause the brakes to overheat, whichreduces their effectiveness and maylead to more serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your carin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in Section 7. If you drive yourcar in severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see Section7 for details).

• Keep your car clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the car. This extraweight can result in increased fuel con-sumption and also contribute to corro-sion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your car. Weight reduces fueleconomy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in toohigh a gear resulting in the enginebucking. If this happens, shift to a lowergear. Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

5 31


• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorizedHyundai dealer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.


325

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden movements in braking or

steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatic transaxle. Donot race the engine, and spin the wheelsas little as possible. If you are still stuckafter a few tries, have the vehicle pulledout by a tow vehicle to avoid engine over-heating and possible damage to thetransaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.

CAUTIONThe ESC system (if equipped)should be turned OFF prior to rock-ing the vehicle.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 35 mph (56km/h). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

5 33


Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.


345

Higher speed motoringTires:Adjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:High speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check the tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to section9, “Tires and wheels”.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to section 7,“Tires and wheels”.

5 35


The more severe weather conditions ofwinter result in greater wear and otherproblems. To minimize the problems ofwinter driving, you should follow thesesuggestions:

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-cations, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

✽✽ NOTICETire chains are not legal in all states.Check state laws before fitting tirechains.

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use wire-type chains with a thickness of less than0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your vehiclecaused by improper snow chain use isnot covered by your vehicle manufactur-ers warranty.Install tire chains only on the front tires.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1JBA4068


365

Chain installation When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for yourtires. Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the snowchain connecting hooks may bedamaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snowchains to come loose from thetire. Make sure the snow chainsare SAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.Retighten or remount the chainsif they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle inpark (P), apply the parking brakeand turn off the engine beforeinstalling snow chains.

WARNING - Tire chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.

• Chains that are the wrong size orimproperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

5 37


Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in Section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in Section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized Hyundaidealer or a service station.

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See Section 9for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized Hyundai dealer.

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described inSection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized Hyundaidealer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.


385

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the gear selector lever inP (automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the car cannotroll. Then release the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er where you drive your car, you shouldcarry appropriate emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps or chains,flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,etc.

5 39


If you are considering towing with yourcar, you should first check with yourstate’s Department of Motor Vehicles todetermine their legal requirements.Since laws vary from state to state therequirements for towing trailers, cars, orother types of vehicles or apparatus maydiffer. Ask an authorized Hyundai dealerfor further details before towing.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identifywhat the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the trailer” thatappears later in this section.

Remember that trailering is different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in handling,durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.

This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtires are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing the pullingrequirements.

TRAILER TOWING

WARNING - Towing a trail-er

If you don't use the correct equip-ment and drive improperly, you canlose control when you pull a trailer.For example, if the trailer is tooheavy, the brakes may not workwell - or even at all. You and yourpassengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps inthis section.

WARNING - Weight limitsBefore towing, make sure the totaltrailer weight, gross combinationweight, gross vehicle weight, grossaxle weight and trailer tongue loadare all within the limits.

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.


405

Hitches It's important to have the correct hitchequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right hitch. Hereare some rules to follow:• Will you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer hitch? If you do, then be sure toseal the holes later when you removethe hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for hitches. Do not attachrental hitches or other bumper-typehitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach tothe bumper.

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to the road if it becomes separatedfrom the hitch.Instructions about safety chains may beprovided by the hitch manufacturer or bythe trailer manufacturer. Follow the man-ufacturer’s recommendation for attachingsafety chains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trailer.And, never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to federaland/or local regulations and that it isproperly installed and operating correctly.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesloaded, then it needs its own brakes andthey must be adequate. Be sure to readand follow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so you’ll be able to install, adjustand maintain them properly.• Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake sys-

tem.

WARNING - Trailer brakesDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.

5 41


Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer hitchand platform, safety chains, electricalconnector(s), lights, tires and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,because of the increased vehicle length,you’ll need to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane.

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoidjerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal wellin advance.

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It’s importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.An authorized Hyundai dealer can assistyou in installing the wiring harness.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.


425

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 20 mph (30km/h) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesand you have an automatic transaxle,you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-ing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimize heat build upand extend the life of your transaxle.

Parking on hills Generally, you should not park your vehi-cle, with a trailer attached, on a hill.People can be seriously or fatally injured,and both your vehicle and the trailer canbe damaged if they begin a downhill tra-jectory.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here’s how to do it:1. Apply your brakes, but don’t shift into

gear.2. Have someone place chocks under

the trailer wheels.3. When the wheel chocks are in place,

release the brakes until the chocksabsorb the load.

4. Reapply the brakes. Apply your park-ing brake, and then shift to R(Reverse) for a manual transaxle or P(Park) for an automatic transaxle.

5. Release the brakes.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat. If the needle of the coolanttemperature gauge moves acrossthe dial towards “H” (HOT), pullover and stop as soon as it is safeto do so, and allow the engine toidle until it cools down. You mayproceed once the engine hascooled sufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seri-ous injury or death, should the trail-er break lose.

5 43


When you are ready to leave after park-ing on a hill 1. With the manual transaxle in Neutral

or automatic transaxle in P (Park),apply your brakes and hold the brakepedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion to include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea to reviewthese sections before you start your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain your trailerand hitch. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all hitch nutsand bolts should be tight.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brake isnot firmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly.Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occurin hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the A/Cand stop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

• If your vehicle is not equippedwith the air conditioner, youshould install a condenser fan toimprove engine performancewhen towing a trailer.


445

If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a hitch dealer about sway control.• Do not do any towing with your car dur-

ing its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) inorder to allow the engine to properlybreak in. Failure to heed this cautionmay result in serious engine ortransaxle damage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult an authorized Hyundai dealer forfurther information on additionalrequirements such as a towing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moder-ate speed (less than 60 mph (100km/h)).

• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towingspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important consider-ations that have to do with weight:

Item lbs. (kg)

750 (340)

1500 (680)

165 (75)

42.9 (1090)

Maximum trailer

weight

Maximum permissible static vertical load on

the coupling device

Recommended distance from rear wheel center

to coupling point

inch (mm)

Without brake System

With brake System

5 45


Weight of the trailerHow heavy can a trailer safely be? Itshould never weigh more than the maxi-mum trailer weight with trailer brakes. Buteven that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howoften your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

Weight of the trailer tongueThe tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the curb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe tongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi-mum of 10% of the total loaded trailerweight. After you've loaded your trailer,weigh the trailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights are prop-er. If they aren’t, you may be able to cor-rect them simply by moving some itemsaround in the trailer.

WARNING - Trailer• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately40% of the total trailer load.

(Continued)

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

C190E01JM

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight


465

(Continued)• Never exceed the maximum

weight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.

5 47

Driving your vehilcle

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight:850 lbs (385 kg)Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity:Without trailer brakes:750 lbs (340 kg)With trailer brakes:1500 lbs (680 kg)Towing capacity is the maximumtrailer weight including its cargoweight, your vehicle can tow.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trail-er.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OHD056900N


485

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 1400lbs. (635 kg), and there will be five150 lbs. (68 kg) passengers inyour vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage loadcapacity is 650 lbs. (295 kg).(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs. or635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 1400 lbs

Weight (635 kg)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2(136 kg)

CAvailable Cargo and 1100 lbs

Luggage weight (499 kg)

Example 1

A B C

5 49


Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

C190F02JM




B Weight 750 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 5(340 kg)



A B C

Example 2

C190F03JM




B Weight 860 lbs

172 lbs (78 kg) × 5(390 kg)



A B C

Example 3

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific informa-tion about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The com-bined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed yourvehicle's capacity weight.

OHD056901N


505

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts, includ-ing tires on your vehicle canbreak, and it can change theway your vehicle handles andbraking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehicle.

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

5 51


WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.

CAUTION• Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your war-ranty. Do not overload yourvehicle.

• Using heavier suspensioncomponents to get addeddurability might not changeyour weight ratings. Ask yourdealer to help you load yourvehicle the right way.


525

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the compliance label:

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe compliance label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the com-pliance label located on the driver’s doorsill.

Overloading

WEIGHT OF THE VEHICLE

WARNING - Vehicle weightThe gross axle weight rating(GAWR) and the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) for your vehi-cle are on the manufacturer's labelattached to the driver's center pil-lar. Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicle dam-age.You can calculate the weight ofyour load by weighing the items(and people) before putting them inthe vehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2If the engine will not start / 6-3Emergency starting / 6-4If the engine overheats / 6-5Tires pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-7If you have a flat tire / 6-12Towing / 6-20



26

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

If the engine stalls at a crossroadand crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the car slow down while drivingstraight ahead. Do not apply the brakesimmediately or attempt to pull off theroad as this may cause a loss of con-trol. When the car has slowed to sucha speed that it is safe to do so, brakecarefully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible and park onfirm, level ground. If you are on a divid-ed highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

2.When the car is stopped, turn on youremergency hazard flashers, set theparking brake and put the transaxle inP (automatic transaxle) or reverse(manual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of the car.Be sure they all get out on the side ofthe car that is away from traffic.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OHD046044L

6 3


4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized Hyundai dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your car has an automatic transaxle,

be sure the gear selector lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the OFF

position, check all connectors at igni-tion, coil and spark plugs. Reconnectany that may be disconnected orloose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized Hyundai dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the car to start it. Thiscould result in a collision or causeother damage. In addition, push orpull starting may cause the catalyt-ic converter to be overloaded andcreate a fire hazard.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2). Proceed toconnect one end of the other jumpercable to the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3), then the other endto a solid, stationary, metallic point (forexample, the engine lifting bracket)away from the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part that moveswhen the engine is cranked.Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

6 5


5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

Push-starting Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in P(automatic transaxle) or neutral (man-ual transaxle) and set the parkingbrake. If the air conditioning is on, turnit off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe car or steam is coming out fromthe hood, stop the engine. Do not openthe hood until the coolant has stoppedrunning or the steaming has stopped.If there is no visible loss of enginecoolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to be surethe engine cooling fan is operating. Ifthe fan is not running, turn the engineoff.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the car. (If the air con-ditioning had been in use, it is normalfor cold water to be draining from itwhen you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized Hyundai dealer forassistance.

CAUTIONNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

WARNINGWhile the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.


66

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized Hyundai dealer for assistance.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

6 7


TIRES PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)

(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale(2) TPMS Malfunction Indicator

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper inflation pressure for thosetires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with aTire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the lowtire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tire caus-es the tire to overheat and can leadto tire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire treadlife, and may affect the vehicle’s han-dling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is provided by aseparate telltale, which displays thesymbol "TPMS" when illuminated.When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire pres-sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-tions may occur for a variety of rea-sons, including the installation ofreplacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctionindicator after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function properly.

OHD067001


86

Low tire pressure tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning telltale is illuminat-ed, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated.Immediately reduce your speed,avoid hard cornering and anticipateincreased stopping distances. Youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible. Inflate the tires tothe proper pressure as indicated onthe vehicle’s placard or tire inflationpressure label located on the driver’sside center pillar outer panel. If youcannot reach a service station or ifthe tire cannot hold the newly addedair, replace the low pressure tire withthe compact spare tire. Because thecompact spare tire is not equippedwith a tire pressure sensor, theTPMS malfunction indicator may goon and the Low Tire Pressure telltalestill turn on after restarting and about20 minutes of continuous drivingbefore you have the low-pressure tirerepaired and replaced on the vehicle.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires will cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.

6 9


TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicatorcomes on and stays on when there isa problem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an under-inflation warning at the same time assystem failure then it will illuminateboth the TPMS malfunction and thelow tire pressure telltale e.g. If FrontLeft sensor fails, the TPMS malfunc-tion indicator comes on, but if FrontRight, Rear Left, or Rear Right tire isunder-inflated, the low tire pressuretelltale may come on with the TPMSmalfunction indicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible to determine the causeof the problem.

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure Telltale will turn on. Havethe flat tire repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble or replace the flat tire with thecompact spare tire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

TPMS

CAUTIONNEVER use a puncture-repair-ing agent to repair and/or inflatea low pressure tire. If used, youwill have to replace the tire pres-sure sensor.

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cable orradio transmitter such aspolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtower, etc. which can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may be illuminated if snowchains or some electronicdevices, such as notebookcomputers, are used in thevehicle.This can interfere withnormal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).


106

After you replace the low pressuretire with the compact spare tire, theTPMS malfunction indicator may illu-minate and the low tire pressure tell-tale still illuminate after restartingand about 20 minutes of continuousdriving.Once the low pressure tire is re-inflat-ed to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle, theTPMS malfunction indicator and thelow tire pressure telltale will be extin-guished. If the low pressure andTPMS malfunction indicators are notextinguished after about 20 minutesof continuous driving, please visit anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.You may not be able to identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Always usea good quality tire pressure gauge tomeasure the tire's inflation pressure.Please note that a tire that is hot(from being driven) will have a higherpressure measurement than a tirethat is cold (from sitting stationary forat least 3 hours and driven less than1 mile (1,6 km) during that 3 hourperiod). Allow the tire to cool beforemeasuring the inflation pressure.

Always be sure the tire is cold beforeinflating to the recommended pres-sure.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

CAUTION• Do not use any tire sealant if

your vehicle is equipped witha Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem.The liquid sealant candamage the tire pressure sen-sors.

• In order for the system to cor-rectlymonitor tires for under-inflation, there should be atotal of exactly 4 sensors fit-ted to each of the four drivenwheel positions. There shouldbe no other sensors in thevehicle including spare tiresince this could cause thesystem to monitor the wrongsensors.

6 11


This device complies with Part 15of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

WARNING Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

WARNING - ProtectingTPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tire pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.


126

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

Jack and toolsThe spare tire, jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench are stored inthe luggage compartment. Removethe luggage under tray out of the wayto reach this equipment.1. Jack handle2. Jack3. Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

OHD066002N

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm ground.If you cannot find a firm, levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

(Continued)

6 13


Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) with manual transaxleor P (Park) with automatictransaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

OHD066003

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

1VQA4022


146

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

1JBA6504 OHD066004

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle bechocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

6 15


7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 1.2 in (30 mm).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

1JB6025 OUN046018


166

10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Lower the car to the ground byturning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown

in the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle.Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have a technician tighten the wheelnuts to their proper torque as soonas possible.Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:65~79 lb.ft (9~11 kg.m)

OUN046019

WARNINGWheels and wheel covers mayhave sharp edges. Handle themcarefully to avoid possiblesevere injury. Before putting thewheel into place, be sure thatthere is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that interferes with thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

6 17


If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized Hyundai dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to Section 9,Specifications.


186

Important - use of compact spare tireYour vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 1inch (25 mm), which could result indamage to the vehicle.

WARNINGThe temporary spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thistemporary spare at speeds over50 mph (80 kmh). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

6 19


• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• The compact spare tire should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The temporary spare tire shouldnot be used on any other wheels,nor should standard tires, snowtires, wheel covers or trim rings beused with the temporary sparewheel. If such use is attempted,damage to these items or other carcomponents may occur.

• Do not use more than one tempo-rary spare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the tem-porary spare tire is installed.


206

TOWING

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized Hyundai dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to section 5 “Driving your vehicle”.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

HNF4015

D080B02NF

D080B01NF

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

CAUTIONBefore towing, check the level ofthe automatic transaxle fluid. If it isbelow the "HOT" range on the dip-stick, add fluid. If you cannot addfluid, a towing dolly must be used.

dolly

6 21


When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedHyundai dealer or a commercial towtruck service.If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.

Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi-

cle out of mud, sand or other condi-tions from which the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle.

OHD066005

OMG065013

Front

Rear


226

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet (5m) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle is unableto be moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact anauthorized Hyundai dealer or acommercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OUN046024

6 23


Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing)

OHD066006L

WARNING Do not use the hooks under thefront of the vehicle for towing pur-poses. These hooks are designedONLY for transport tie-down. If thetie-down hooks are used for tow-ing, the tie-down hooks or frontbumper will be damaged and thiscould lead to serious injury.

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

If the car is being towed with all fourwheels on the ground, it can betowed only from the front. Be surethat the transaxle is in neutral. Donot tow at speeds greater than 25mph (40 km/h) and for more than 15miles (25 km). Be sure the steeringis unlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. A drivermust be in the towed vehicle tooperate the steering and brakes.

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-3Owner maintenance / 7-5Scheduled maintenance service / 7-7Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-12Engine oil / 7-15Engine coolant / 7-16Brakes and clutch fluid / 7-19Automatic transaxle fluid / 7-20Washer fluid / 7-22Parking brake / 7-22Air cleaner / 7-23Climate control air filter / 7-25Wiper blades / 7-27Battery / 7-29Tires and wheels / 7-32

Fuses / 7-45Light bulbs / 7-54Appearance care / 7-59Emission control system / 7-65California perchlorate notice / 7-67

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OHD076002

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Auto transaxle oil dipstick*

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

* : if equipped

■■ Gasoline Engine (2.0L)

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized Hyundai dealer per-form this work.An authorized Hyundai dealer has facto-ry-trained technicians and genuineHyundai parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see an authorized Hyundai deal-er.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation Book.

Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized Hyundai dealer. An authorizedHyundai dealer meets Hyundai’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from Hyundai in orderto provide you with a high level of servicesatisfaction.

Maintenance

47

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized Hyundai dealer with specialtools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation Book provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

7 5

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized Hyundaidealer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

Maintenance

67

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

At least once a year :• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake (and clutch) fluid

level.

7 7

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule ifthe vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 90°F(32°C).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 120 month or 150,000 miles(240,000 km) continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

Maintenance

87

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

Replace every 7,500 miles or 12 months

R R

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R

R R

Replace every 100,000 miles

I I

I R I R I R I R I R

I I I I I I I I I I

EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

FUEL FILTER

FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS

VACUUM HOSE

CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSE

VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGSPLATINUM COATED

IRIDIUM COATED

VALVE CLEARANCE *1

FUEL TANK AIR FILTER

ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

*1 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

7 9

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

At first, replace at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 60 months

After that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months

I R I

I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I R I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

GENERAL ITEMS

DRIVE BELT (ALTERNATOR, A/CON, W/PUMP)

COOLANT

TIMING BELT

TENSIONER/IDLER-TIMING BELT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

Maintenance

107

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

Replace every 12 months or 10,000 miles (15,000 km)

GENERAL ITEMS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS

/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL

JOINT

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

No.

11

12

13

14

15

16

7 11

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5miles (8km) in nor-

mal temperature or less than 10miles (16km) in freezing temperatureB - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread

roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

E - Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 100 MPH (170 Km/h)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/

LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS

TIMING BELT/IDLER/TENSIONER

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

R

EVERY 3,000 MILES (5,000 KM) OR 3 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY



EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)

EVERY 30,000 MILES (48,000 KM)

MORE FREQUENTLY

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

C, E

B, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G, H, I

C, D, E, F, H

B, C, D, E, F, G

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

A, C, E, F, G, H, I

C, E

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCEOPERATION

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

DRIVINGCONDITION

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chartbelow for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

Maintenance

127

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

Fuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by trained technicians.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havea trained technician replace any dam-aged or leaking parts immediately.

7 13

Maintenance

Timing beltInspect all parts related to the timing beltfor damage and deformation. Replaceany damaged parts immediately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhosesInspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filterA Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

Valve clearanceInspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.A qualified technician should perform theoperation.

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system parts, such asradiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

Maintenance

147

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the oil level is low, check for possibleleaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)The fluid level should be in the "HOT"range of the dipstick, after the engineand transaxle are at normal operatingtemperature. Check the automatictransaxle fluid level with the engine run-ning and the transaxle in neutral, with theparking brake properly applied.

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

Rear disc brake / linings, parkingbrakeCheck the rear disc brake and linings forscoring, burning, leaking fluid, brokenparts, and excessive wear. Inspect theparking brake system including the park-ing brake lever and cables.

Brake pads, calipers and rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

7 15

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to refill the new oil com-fortably.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto the section 9.)

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this section.

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OHD076004R OHD076006R

Maintenance

167

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

Checking the coolant level

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

ENGINE COOLANT

PROPOSITION 65WARNING

Engine oil contains chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer, birth defects andreproductive harm. Used engine oilmay cause irritation or cancer ofthe skin if left in contact with theskin for prolonged periods of time.Always protect your skin by wash-ing your hands thoroughly withsoap and warm water as soon aspossible after handling used oil.

7 17

Maintenance

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If frequentadditions are required, see an authorizedHyundai dealer for a cooling systeminspection.

Recommended engine coolant• Use only soft (de-mineralized) water in

the coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

OHD076008

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

Maintenance

187

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorizedHyundai dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

OHD076009

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield Washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contact-ing windshield washer fluid.Serious injury or death couldoccur.

7 19

Maintenance

BRAKES AND CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID

Checking the brake/clutch fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by an author-ized Hyundai dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.(Refer to the section 9.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluidWhen changing and addingbrake/clutch fluid, handle it careful-ly. Do not let it come in contact withyour eyes. If brake/clutch fluidshould come in contact with youreyes, immediately flush them with alarge quantity of fresh tap water.Have your eyes examined by a doc-tor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized Hyundai dealer.

OHD076011

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.Brake/clutch fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extendedtime should never be used as itsquality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be disposed of properly.Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid.A few drops of mineral-based oil,such as engine oil, in yourbrake/clutch system can damagebrake/clutch system parts.

Maintenance

207

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

Checking the automatic transaxlefluid level The automatic transaxle fluid levelshould be checked regularly.Keep the vehicle on the level ground withthe parking brake applied and check thefluid level according to the following pro-cedure.1. Place the selector lever in N (Neutral)

position and confirm the engine is run-ning at normal idle speed.

2. After the transaxle is warmed up suffi-ciently (fluid temperature 70~80°C(158~176°F), for example by 10 min-utes usual driving, move the shift leverthrough all positions then place theselector lever in “N (Neutral) or P(Park)” position.

3. Confirm that the fluid level is in “HOT”range on the level gauge. If the fluidlevel is lower, add the specified fluidfrom the fill hole. If the fluid level ishigher, drain the fluid from the drainhole.

4. If the fluid level is checked in cold con-dition (fluid temperature 20~30°C(68~86°F) add the fluid to “COLD” lineand then recheck the fluid levelaccording to the above step 2.

OHD076012 OHD076045N

7 21

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICE“COLD” range is for reference only andshould NOT be used to determinetransaxle fluid level.

✽✽ NOTICENew automatic transaxle fluid should bered. The red dye is added so the assem-bly plant can identify it as automatictransaxle fluid and distinguish it fromengine oil or antifreeze. The red dye,which is not an indicator of fluid quali-ty, is not permanent. As the vehicle isdriven, the automatic transaxle fluidwill begin to look darker. The color mayeventually appear light brown.Therefore, have an authorized Hyundaidealer change the automatic transaxlefluid according to the ScheduledMaintenance at the beginning of thissection.

Use only the specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to the section 9.)

Changing the automatic transaxlefluidHave automatic transaxle fluid changedby an authorized Hyundai dealer accord-ing to the Maintenance Schedule at thebeginning of this section.

WARNING - Transaxle fluidThe transaxle fluid level should bechecked when the engine is at nor-mal operating temperature. Thismeans that the engine, radiator,radiator hose and exhaust systemetc., are very hot. Exercise greatcare not to burn yourself duringthis procedure.

WARNING - Parking brakeTo avoid sudden movement of thevehicle, apply parking brake anddepress the brake pedal beforemoving the shift lever.

CAUTION• Low fluid level causes transaxle

slippage. Overfilling can causefoaming, loss of fluid and transaxlemalfunction.

• The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.

Maintenance

227

WASHER FLUID

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

Stroke : 7 “clicks’’ at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield Washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contact-ing windshield washer fluid.Serious injury or death couldoccur.

OHD076013 OHD056005

PARKING BRAKE

7 23

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be cleaned and reused.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Replace the air cleaner filter.3. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

OHD076016 OHD076017 OHD076018

Maintenance

247

Replace the filter according to theScheduled Maintenance Section.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this section.)

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a Hyundai genuine part. Useof nongenuine parts could dam-age the air flow sensor.

7 25

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTERFilter inspectionThe climate control air filter should bereplaced every 10,000 miles (15,000km). If the vehicle is operated in theseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, it shouldbe inspected more frequently andreplaced earlier. When you, the owner,replace the climate control air filter,replace it performing the following proce-dure, and be careful to avoid damagingother components.

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box and remove the

support rod.

2. With the glove box open, remove thestoppers on both sides to allow theglove box to hang freely on the hinges.

OHD076020 OHD076021

Maintenance

267

3. Remove the climate control air filtercase pulling out the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate control airfilter install it according to the “AIRFLOW ” identification marks.Otherwise, the system may producenoise and the effectiveness of the filtermay be reduced.

OHD076022 OHD076023

7 27

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

Maintenance

287

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

7 29

Maintenance

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

(Continued)

BATTERY

OHD076024

Maintenance

307

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Sunroof (See Chapter 4)• Trip computer (See Chapter 4)• Climate control system

(See Chapter 4)• Clock (See Chapter 4)• Audio (See Chapter 4)• Auto up/down window (See chapter 4)

(Continued)• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-

tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

PROPOSITION 65 WARN-INGBattery posts, terminals, and relat-ed accessories contain lead andlead compounds, chemicals knownto the State of California to causecancer, birth defects and reproduc-tive harm. Batteries also containother chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer. Washhands after handling.

7 31

Maintenance

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.1. Turn off the battery charger main

switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp from

the negative battery terminal.3. Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.

WARNING• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

Maintenance

327

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less thanone mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation (10 psi(70 kPa) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OHD086003

WARNING • Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, andsudden tire failure leading toaccidents, injuries, and evendeath. Always check tires areproperly inflated before driv-ing.

• Driving on tires with no orinsufficient tread is danger-ous. Worn-out tires can resultin loss of vehicle control, col-lisions, and injury and evendeath. Worn-out tires shouldbe replaced as soon as possi-ble and should never be usedfor driving. Always check tiretread before driving your car.

7 33

Maintenance

WARNING - Tire inflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than one mile (1.6km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized Hyundai dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41kPa). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

Maintenance

347

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too lit-tle pressure wear unevenlycausing poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and suddentire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and evendeath.The recommended coldtire pressure for your vehiclecan be found in this manualand on the tire label locatedon the driver's side of the cen-ter pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.Hyundai recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tires on your vehi-cle.

7 35

Maintenance

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to Section 9, “Specifications”.

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tire for tire rotation.• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

S2BLA790

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)

Directional tires (if equipped)

Maintenance

367

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

1LDA5026

Tread wear indicator

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

7 37

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meetHyundai's specifications mayfit poorly and result in dam-age to the vehicle or unusualhandling and poor vehiclecontrol.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESC (Electronic StabilityControl) (if equipped) to workirregularly.

Maintenance

387

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P205/55R16 89H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P” areintended for use on passengercars or light trucks; however, notall tires have this marking).

205 - Tire width in millimeters.55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).16 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

7 39

Maintenance

89 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.0JX16

6.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.16 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger cars. The speedrating is part of the tire size designa-tion on the sidewall of the tire. Thissymbol corresponds to that tire'sdesigned maximum safe operatingspeed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years, basedon the manufacturing date, tirestrength and performance, declinewith age naturally (even unusedspare tires). Therefore, the tires(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1606 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2006.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)T 118 mph (190 km/h)H 130 mph (210 km/h)V 149 mph (240 km/h)Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

Maintenance

407

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric are in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATUE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normbecause of variations in drivinghabits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and cli-mate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tires ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on speci-fied government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire marked Cmay have poor traction performance.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires tread, It is recommendedthat tires generally be replacedafter 6 years of normal service.Heat caused by not climates orfrequent high loadingConditions can accelerate theaging process. Failure to followthis Warning can result in sud-den tire failure, which couldlead to a loss of control and anaccident involving seriousinjury or death.

7 41

Maintenance

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than minimumrequired by law.

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatic transmis-sion, power seats, and air condition-ing.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNINGThe temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive loading,either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat build-upand possible tire failure.

Maintenance

427

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascals (kPa) before a tire has builtup heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear Axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 150pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

7 43

Maintenance

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires Hyundai specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires Hyundai specifies summer tires onsome models to provide superiorperformance on dry roads. Summertire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rat-ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tireside wall. if you plan to operate yourvehicle in snowy or icy conditions.Hyundai recommends the use ofsnow tires or all season tires on allfour wheels.

Maintenance

447

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28kPa) more air pressure than thepressure recommended for the stan-dard tires on the tire label on the dri-ver's side of the center pillar, or up tothe maximum pressure shown on thetire sidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

Tire chainsTire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the drive wheels (frontwheels).Be sure that the chains are installedin accordance with the manufactur-er's instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

WARNING - Snow or ice • When driving on roads cov-

ered with snow or ice, drive atless than 20 mph (30 km/h).

• Use the SAE “S” class or wirechains.

• If you have noise caused bychains contacting the body,retighten the chain to avoidcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,retighten the chains after driv-ing 0.3~0.6 miles.

• Do not use tire chains onvehicles equipped with alu-minum wheels. In unavoid-able circumstance, use a wiretype chain.

• Use wire chains less than15mm to prevent damage tothe chain’s connection.

CAUTION• If you hear noise caused by

chains contacting the body,retighten the chain to avoidcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,retighten the chains after driv-ing 0.3 ~ 0.6 miles (0.5 ~ 1.0 km).

7 45

Maintenance

FUSES

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment nearthe battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized Hyundai dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and fusible link for higher amperage rat-ings.

1VQA4037

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

Maintenance

467

Inner panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided on themain fuse box in the engine compart-ment.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHyundai dealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigar lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OHD076025

Driver’s side panel

OHD076026

7 47

Maintenance

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with the memo-ry fuse to prevent battery discharge ifyour vehicle is parked without beingoperated for prolonged periods. Use thefollowing procedures before parking thevehicle for prolonged periods.

1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse box cover by press-

ing the tap and pulling up.3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it

is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the main fusebox in the engine compartment.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHyundai dealer.

OHD076027 OHD076028

Maintenance

487

Main fuseIf the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, consult anAuthorized Hyundai Dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse box in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse box cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater leaking in.

OHD076030

7 49

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse box on yourvehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

Engine compartment

OHD076031L/OHD076032

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relayname and capacity.

Driver’s side panel

Maintenance

507

Driver's side fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentSTART 10A Ignition lock switch, Antitheft alarm, Transaxle range switchA/CON SW 10A A/C control moduleHTD MIRR 10A Outside heated mirror motorSEAT HTR 15A Seat warmer switchA/CON 10A Blower relay, A/C control module, Sunroof control moduleHEAD LAMP 10A Head lamp relayFR WIPER 25A Front wiper relayRR WIPER 15A (Spare)DRL 15A Daytime running lamp unitWCS 10A Occupant classification sensorP/WDW DR 25A Power window main switch, Rear power window switch(LH)CLOCK 10A Digital clock, AudioC/LIGHTER 15A Power outletDR LOCK 20A Sunroof control module, Door unlock/lock relayDEICER 15A -STOP 15A Stop lamp switchROOM LP 15A Trunk room lamp, Dome lamp, Map lamp, Digital clock, Home linkAUDIO 15A AudioT/LID 15A Trunk lid relayAMP 25A AmplifierSAFETY P/WDW 25A Safety power window moduleP/WDW ASS 25A Front & rear power window switch(RH), Power window main switchP/OUTLET 15A Power outletT/SIG 10A Hazard switchA/BAG IND 10A Airbag indicator(instrument cluster)

7 51

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected componentCLUSTER 10A Instrument cluster, EPS module, ESC switchA/BAG 15A SRS control moduleSPARE 15A (Spare)SPARE 15A (Spare)TAIL RH 10A Head lamp(RH), Glove box lamp, Rear combination lamp(RH), License lampTAIL LH 10A Head lamp(LH), Power window main switch, Rear combination lamp(LH), License lamp

Maintenance

527

Engine compartment

Description Fuse rating Protected componentALTERNATOR 125A GeneratorEPS 80A EPS control moduleABS.2 20A ESC control module, ABS control module, Multi purpose check connectorABS.1 40A ESC control module, ABS control module, Multi purpose check connectorB+.1 50A Instrument panel junction box

Fusible link RR HTD 40A Instrument panel junction boxBLOWER 40A Blower relayC/FAN 40A Condenser fan #1, 2 relayB+.2 50A Instrument panel junction boxIGN.2 40A Ignition switch, Start relayIGN.1 30A Ignition switchECU 30A Main relay, ECMSPARE.1 20A (Spare)FR FOG 15A Front fog lamp relayA/CON 10A A/C relay

Fuse HAZARD 15A Hazard switch, Hazard relayF/PUMP 15A Fuel pump relayINJ 15A A/C relay, Fuel pump relay, Injector #1,2,3,4, ECM, Idle speed actuator etc.SNSR.2 10A Pulse generator 'A', 'B’, Stop lamp switch, Vehicle speed sensor etc.HORN 15A Horn relay

7 53

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected componentABS 10A ESC control module, ABS control module, Multi purpose check connectorECU.2 10A ECMB/UP 10A Back up lamp switch, Transaxle range switch, Cruise control moduleH/LP LO RH 10A Head lamp(RH)

Fuse H/LP LO LH 10A Head lamp(LH)H/LP HI 20A Head lamp Hi relaySNSR.1 10A Oxygen sensor, ECM, Mass air folw sensor etc.SPARE 10A (Spare)SPARE 15A (Spare)SPARE 20A (Spare)

Maintenance

547

LIGHT BULBS

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similar tothe condensation on your windows insideyour vehicle during the rain and doesn’tindicate a problem with your vehicle. Ifthe water leaks into the lamp bulb cir-cuitry, have the vehicle checked by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, front fog light bulbreplacement(1) Headlight (High)(2) Headlight (Low)(3) Position light(4) Front turn signal light(5) Side mark light(6) Front fog light (if equipped)

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe “LOCK” position and turn offthe lights to avoid sudden move-ment of the vehicle and burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorized Hyundaidealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

OHD076034

7 55

Maintenance

Headlight bulb 1. Open the hood.2. Remove the headlight.3. Remove the headlight bulb cover by

turning it counterclockwise.4. Disconnect the headlight bulb assem-

bly by turning it counterclockwise.5. Install a new headlight bulb assembly.

G270A030N

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

OMG075038N

Maintenance

567

6. Install the headlight bulb cover by turn-ing it clockwise.

7. Install the headlight.

Turn signal light/position light, sidemark light, fog light bulb (if equipped)If the light bulb is not operating, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Back-up light(2) Rear turn signal light(3) Stop and tail light(4) Side mark light

1. Open the trunk lid2. Remove the service cover by pulling out

the service cover.

OHD076037 OHD076038

7 57

Maintenance

3. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

6. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

7. Install the service cover by putting itinto the service hole.

High mounted stop light bulbreplacement1. Open the trunk lid.2. Remove the socket by turning it coun-

terclockwise.3. Replace the bulb from the socket.4. Install the socket by turning it clock-

wise.

License plate light bulb replace-ment 1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with

a cross-tip screwdriver.2. Remove the lens.3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.4. Install a new bulb.5. Reinstall the lens securely with the

lens retaining screws.

OHD076039 1JBA7031 OHD076040

Maintenance

587

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

OHD076041

Front map lamp

OHD076042

Dome lampOHD076043

Sunvisor lamp

OHD076044

Glove box lamp

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

7 59

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTIONDo not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlightor when the body of the vehicle iswarm.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

Maintenance

607

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

7 61

Maintenance

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Maintenance

627

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corro-sionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

7 63

Maintenance

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Maintenance

647

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

7 65

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Owner’sHandbook & Warranty Information book-let in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all emissionregulations.There are three emission control sys-tems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an author-ized Hyundai dealer in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in this manu-al.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery)System

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

Maintenance

667

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

Engine exhaust gas precautions (car-bon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.

PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

7 67

Maintenance

Operating precautions for catalyt-ic converters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engine.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.If you run out of gasoline, it couldcause the engine to misfire and resultin excessive loading of the catalyticconverter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

Perchlorate Material-special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-ardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:Perchlorate containing materials, such asairbag inflators, seatbelt pretensionersand keyless remote entry batteries, mustbe disposed of according to Title 22California Code of Regulations Section67384.10 (a).

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as dry grass, paper,leaves, etc.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATENOTICE

8

Label information / 8-2Consumer information / 8-4Reporting safety defects / 8-5Binding arbitration (U.S.A only) / 8-5



28

Vehicle identification number(VIN)The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc.The number is punched on floor underthe passenger seat.

VIN labelThe VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

Certification labelThe vehicle certification label attachedon the driver's (or front passenger’s) sidecenter pillar gives the vehicle identifica-tion number(VIN).

LABEL INFORMATION

OHD086001

Frame number

OVQ076002N OHD086007

8 3


Tire specification/pressure labelThe tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sideof the center pillar outer panel gives thetire pressures recommended for your car.

Engine numberThe engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

OHD086003 OHD086005


48

This consumer information has been pre-pared in accordance with regulationsissued by the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation. It providesthe purchasers and/or prospective pur-chasers of Hyundai automobiles withinformation on uniform tire quality grad-ing.Your Hyundai dealer will help answerany questions you may have as you readthis information.

Hyundai motor vehicles are designedand manufactured to meet or exceed allapplicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we stronglyurge you to read and follow all directionsin this Owner's Manual, particularly theinformation under the headings"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-ING".

If, after reading this manual, you haveany questions regarding the operation ofyour vehicle, please contact your nearestHyundai Motor America Regional Officeas listed in the following:

Eastern Region: Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania,Rhode Island, Vermont.

Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region: Florida, Georgia,North Carolina, South Carolina.

Southern Region270 Riverside Parkway, Suite AAustell, GA 30168(800) 633-5151

South Central Region: Alabama,Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi,Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma,Tennessee, Texas.

South Central Region1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400Coppell, TX 75019(800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa,Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota,Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota,Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.

Central Region1705 Sequoia DriveAurora, Illinois 60506(800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii,Arizona, Colorado, ldaho, Montana,Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington,Wyoming.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

California Region: California

California Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O. Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8 5


If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA. If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, orHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New JerseyAvenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.You can also obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Any claim or dispute you may have relat-ed to your vehicle's warranty or the dutiescontemplated under the warranty, includ-ing claims related to the refund or partialrefund of your vehicle's purchase price(excluding personal injury or product lia-bility claims), shall be resolved by bindingarbitration. Binding arbitration shall beadministered by and through the NationalArbitration Forum (NAF) or the AmericanArbitration Association (AAA), under theCode of Procedure of the entity youselect.You will not be responsible for paying fil-ing and hearing fees above $275.00. Allother arbitration costs shall be borne byHyundai Motor America. You are notresponsible to pay any of the costsHyundai incurs.This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallnot deprive you of any remedies avail-able to you under applicable law. Theparties are waiving their right to seekremedies in court, including the right to ajury trial.

This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallbe governed by and interpreted underthe Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. sec-tions 1-16. Judgment upon any awardmay be entered in any court having juris-diction.You may revoke this ArbitrationAgreement by (1) written notice or (2)electronic notice. Written notice must bedelivered (via certified mail) to HyundaiMotor America, Attn: Consumer Affairs,10550 Talbert Avenue, P.O. Box 20849,Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0849.Electronic notice must be submitted atthe following website address: http://war-ranty-arbitrat ion.hyundaiUSA.com.Notice must be received within 90 daysafter you purchase your vehicle.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS BINDING ARBITRATION (U.S.A ONLY)

9

Dimensions / 9-2Bulb wattage / 9-2Tires and wheels / 9-3

Specifications

Specifications

29

Item in (mm)

Overall length 177.4 (4505)

Overall width 69.9 (1775)

Overall height 58.3 (1480)

Front tread 60.7 (1543), 60.2 (1529)*1

Rear tread 60.7 (1541), 60.1 (1526)*1

Wheelbase 104.3 (2650)

DIMENSIONS

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low) 55Headlights (High) 55Front turn signal/Position lights 28/8Side mark lights 5Front fog lights* 27Stop and tail lights 27/8Rear turn signal lights 27Back-up lights 18High mounted stop light 18License plate lights 5Front map lamps 10Center dome lamps 10Trunk room lamp 5Glove box lamp 5Vanity mirror lamps* 5

BULB WATTAGE

* : If equipped

*1 : with 205/55R16 tire

9 3

Specifications

Inflation pressure

psi (kPa)

Front Rear

P195/65R15 89T 5.5J×1532 (220) 32 (220)

P205/55R16 89H 6.0J×16

T125/80D15 95M 4.0T×1560 60

(420) (420)

Full size tire

Compactspare tire

Wheel lug nut torque lb•ft

(kg•m, N•m)

65~79

(9~11, 88~107)

TIRES AND WHEELS

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

Specifications

49

Recommended lubricants and capacities To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel nec-

essary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost andenergy savings.

Lubricant Volume Classification

4.23 US qt. (4.0 l)

Manual transaxle fluid 2.11 US qt. (2.0 l) API Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-85, fill for-life)HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP-III, DIAMOND ATF SP-III,

Automatic transaxle fluid 6.97 US qt. (6.6 l) SK ATF SP-III or other brands metting the SP-III specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co.

Coolant 6.97 US qt. (6.6 l)MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)Brake/Clutch fluid 0.7~0.8 US qt. (0.7~0.8 l) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 14 US gal. (53 l) -

Engine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill)

<Recommends>

API Service SM or SL,ILSAC GF-3 or above

9 5

Specifications

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperation (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.

CAUTIONAlways be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20,5W-30 (API SM, SL / ILSAC GF-3 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available inyour country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

IIndex

Index

2I

Air cleaner ··································································· 7-23Airbag-advanced supplemental restraint system ········· 3-30

Driver's and passenger's front air bag ······················ 3-39SRS components and functions ······························· 3-31Occupant classification system ································ 3-33Side air bag ······························································· 3-44Curtain air bag ·························································· 3-45Air bag warning label ··············································· 3-56

Appearance care ·························································· 7-59Audio system ······························································· 4-87

M420 ········································································ 4-92M445 ········································································ 4-97M465 ······································································ 4-103

Automatic climate control system ······························· 4-69Automatic transaxle ····················································· 5-10

Ignition key interlock system ··································· 5-14Automatic transaxle operation ································· 5-11Transaxle ranges ······················································· 5-12Shift lock system ······················································ 5-14

Automatic transaxle fluid ············································ 7-20

Battery ········································································· 7-29Before driving ································································ 5-3Binding arbitration (U.S.A only) ··································· 8-5Brake system ······························································· 5-16

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ································· 5-19Parking brake ··························································· 5-18Power brakes ···························································· 5-16

Brakes and clutch fluid ················································ 7-19Bulb wattage ·································································· 9-2

California perchlorate notice ·········································7-67Child restraint system ·················································· 3-22

Tether anchor system ··············································· 3-26Child seat lower anchors ·········································· 3-28Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode ········································································· 3-24

Climate control air filter ·············································· 7-25Consumer information ··················································· 8-4Cruise control system ·················································· 5-26

Defroster ······································································ 4-59Dimensions ···································································· 9-2Door locks ····································································· 4-8

Central door lock switch ············································ 4-9Child-protector rear door lock ·································· 4-11

Economical operation ·················································· 5-30

A

B

C

D

E

I 3

Index

Emergency starting ························································ 6-4Emission control system ·············································· 7-65Engine compartment ······················································ 7-2Engine coolant ····························································· 7-16Engine oil ····································································· 7-15Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ············· 7-12

Fuel filler lid ································································ 4-20Fuel requirements ·························································· 1-3Fuses ············································································ 7-45

Hazard warning flasher ··············································· 4-51Hood ············································································ 4-18How to use this manual ················································· 1-2

If the engine overheats ·················································· 6-5If the engine will not start ············································· 6-3If you have a flat tire ··················································· 6-12

Changing tires ·························································· 6-13Removing the spare tire ··········································· 6-13Storing the spare tire ················································ 6-13Important - use of compact spare tire ······················ 6-18

In case of an emergency while driving ························· 6-2

Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ················· 1-7Instrument cluster ························································ 4-37

Gauges ······································································ 4-38Engine temperature gauge ········································ 4-39Fuel gauge ································································ 4-40Instrument panel illumination ·································· 4-38 Odometer/Trip odometer ·········································· 4-40Speedometer ····························································· 4-38Tachometer ······························································· 4-38

Instrument panel overview ············································ 2-3Interior features ··························································· 4-82

Ashtray ····································································· 4-82Cigarette lighter ························································ 4-82Clothes hanger ·························································· 4-86Cup holder ································································ 4-83Digital clock ····························································· 4-85Power outlet ····························································· 4-84Shopping bag holder ················································ 4-85Sunvisor ···································································· 4-83

Interior light ································································· 4-56Interior overview ··························································· 2-2

Key positions ································································· 5-4Keys ··············································································· 4-2

F

H

IK

Index

4I

Label information ·························································· 8-2Light bulbs ··································································· 7-54Lighting ······································································· 4-51

Maintenance services ····················································· 7-3Manual climate control system ··································· 4-60Manual transaxle ··························································· 5-7Mirrors ········································································· 4-29

Owner maintenance ······················································· 7-5

Parking brake ······························································· 7-22

Remote keyless entry ····················································· 4-3Reporting safety defects ················································ 8-5Road warning ································································· 6-2

Scheduled maintenance service ····································· 7-7Seat ················································································ 3-2

Armrest ······································································· 3-9Headrest ······································································ 3-5Front seat adjustment ················································· 3-3Rear seat adjustment ·················································· 3-8Seat warmer ································································ 3-7

Seat belts ······································································ 3-12Seat belt precautions ················································ 3-19Care of seat belts ······················································ 3-21Driver's 3-point system ············································ 3-14Passenger's 3-point system ······································· 3-153-point rear center belt ············································· 3-15Pre-tensioner belt ····················································· 3-16

Special driving conditions ··········································· 5-32Starting the engine ························································· 5-5Steering wheel ····························································· 4-27Storage compartment ··················································· 4-80

Center console storage ············································· 4-80Glove box ································································· 4-80Sunglass holder ························································ 4-81

Sunroof ········································································ 4-23

Theft-alarm system ························································ 4-6Tires and wheels ·························································· 7-32

M

S

O

P

R

T

L

I 5

Index

Tires and wheels ···························································· 9-3Tires pressure monitoring system (TPMS)······················6-7Towing ········································································· 6-20

Tie-down hook ························································· 6-23Trailer towing ······························································ 5-39

Hitches ······································································ 5-40Safety chains ···························································· 5-40Trailer brakes ···························································· 5-40Weight of the trailer (tongue) ··································· 5-45

Trunk ············································································ 4-12

Vehicle break-in process ················································ 1-5Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ·········· 1-6Vehicle load limit ························································· 5-47

Compliance label ······················································ 5-49Tire and loading information label ·························· 5-47Vehicle capacity weight ··········································· 5-47Seating capacity ······················································· 5-47Towing capacity ······················································· 5-47Cargo capacity ·························································· 5-47

Washer fluid ································································· 7-22Weight of the vehicle ··················································· 5-52Windows ······································································ 4-14

Power window lock button ······································ 4-17

Windshield defrosting and defogging ························· 4-77Automatic climate control system ··························· 4-78Defogging logic ························································ 4-78Manual climate control system ································ 4-77

Winter driving ······························································ 5-35Snow tires ································································· 5-35Tire chains ································································ 5-35

Wiper blades ································································ 7-27Wipers and washers ····················································· 4-54

V

W

This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for the use of the next owner.

OWNER'S INFORMATION

ORIGINAL OWNER _____________________________________________________

ADDRESS

CITY _________________ STATE ___________ ZIP CODE _____________________

DELIVERY DATE

(Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser)

DEALER NAME _______________ DEALER NO. _____________________________

ADDRESS ____________________________________________________________

CITY _________________ STATE ___________ ZIP CODE _____________________

HD HMA cover.qxd 6/26/2006 11:54 PM Page 3

manual 2009 elantra

Documents